WO2021203433A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021203433A1
WO2021203433A1 PCT/CN2020/084294 CN2020084294W WO2021203433A1 WO 2021203433 A1 WO2021203433 A1 WO 2021203433A1 CN 2020084294 W CN2020084294 W CN 2020084294W WO 2021203433 A1 WO2021203433 A1 WO 2021203433A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ambr
pdu session
terminal
relay
relay terminal
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/084294
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
许胜锋
李濛
吴义壮
杨艳梅
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/084294 priority Critical patent/WO2021203433A1/en
Publication of WO2021203433A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021203433A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/08Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/22Processing or transfer of terminal data, e.g. status or physical capabilities
    • H04W8/24Transfer of terminal data

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • the device-to-device (D2D) communication technology refers to a communication method in which two peer user nodes (for example, terminals) communicate directly.
  • D2D communication can be applied in fields such as video chat, virtual reality (VR), and augmented reality (AR).
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • a terminal relay scenario of D2D communication (that is, a scenario where a certain terminal/certain terminals provide relay services to other terminals) can be seen in Figure 1.
  • terminal 1 When terminal 1 is outside the coverage of the access network equipment or terminal 1 and When the signal quality between the access network devices is poor, the terminal 1 can be assisted by the terminal 2 to communicate with the access network device, and then communicate with the core network.
  • the terminal 1 communicates with the terminal 2, and the terminal 2 communicates with the access network device to realize the communication between the terminal 1 and the access network device, thereby supporting the communication between the terminal and the access network device and the core network that cannot directly communicate with the access network device. Communication.
  • a terminal connected to an access network device through indirect communication may be called a remote user equipment (user equipment, UE) (remote UE), for example, terminal 1.
  • UE user equipment
  • remote UE remote user equipment
  • terminal 1 A terminal used to support indirect communication between a remote UE and an access network device, or in other words, a terminal used to provide a relay service for a remote UE, is called a relay UE, for example, terminal 2.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which are used to more accurately control the data transmission rate in a terminal relay scenario.
  • a communication method including: an access network device determines a first AMBR of a relay terminal; and the access network device uses a third AMBR to control a data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
  • the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by the relay terminal, the relay terminal is used to provide relay services for the remote terminal, the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR, and the first AMBR is the sum of AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions of the relay terminal, the first group of PDU sessions is used to carry data of the relay terminal, and the second AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the subscribed relay terminal.
  • the access network device determines the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
  • the first AMBR only considers the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions, and does not consider the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions, thereby more accurately controlling the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
  • the method further includes: the access network device receives, from the first device, first indication information for indicating that the first PDU session is used for providing relay services, and the first PDU session is used for relaying
  • the terminal provides a relay service for the first remote terminal, the first group of PDU sessions does not include the first PDU session, and the first remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal; the access network device determines the first relay terminal
  • the AMBR includes: the access network device determines the first AMBR of the relay terminal based on the first indication information.
  • the access network device can determine which PDU sessions are used to provide the relay service, and then determine which PDU sessions are not included in the first group of PDU sessions, thereby determining the first group of PDU sessions.
  • the method further includes: the access network device receives from the first device second indication information for indicating that the second PDU session is used for providing relay services, and the second PDU session is used for relaying
  • the terminal provides a relay service for the second remote terminal, the first group of PDU sessions does not include the second PDU session, and the second remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal; the access network device is based on the first indication information, Determining the first AMBR of the relay terminal includes: the access network device determines the first AMBR based on the first indication information and the second indication information.
  • the access network device can determine which PDU sessions are used to provide relay services by receiving the first indication information and the second indication information from the first device, and then determine which PDUs are not included in the first group of PDU sessions Session to determine the first AMBR.
  • the first device is an SMF or AMF or a relay terminal.
  • the method further includes: the access network device receives a fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the AMF, where the fourth AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the subscribed relay terminal;
  • the access network equipment uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal; among them, the sixth AMBR is the smaller of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR, and the fifth AMBR is the relay terminal
  • the sum of the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions is used to carry the data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the access network device determines the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the fifth AMBR only considers the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions, and does not consider the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions, so as to more accurately control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the method further includes: the access network device receives the AMBR of the first PDU session from the SMF; and the access network device determines the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR of the first PDU session.
  • the access network device can determine the AMBR of the PDU session in the second group of PDU sessions, so that the fifth AMBR can be determined.
  • a communication method including: an access network device receives a fourth AMBR of a relay terminal from an AMF, where the fourth AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the subscribed relay terminal;
  • the network access equipment uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal; among them, the sixth AMBR is the smaller of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR, and the fifth AMBR is the relay terminal’s The sum of the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions.
  • the second group of PDU sessions is used to carry the data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the access network device determines the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the fifth AMBR only considers the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions, and does not consider the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions, so as to more accurately control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the method further includes: the access network device receives the AMBR of the first PDU session from the SMF; and the access network device determines the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR of the first PDU session.
  • the access network device can determine the AMBR of the PDU session in the second group of PDU sessions, so that the fifth AMBR can be determined.
  • a communication method including: a first device obtains first indication information for indicating that a first PDU session is used to provide a relay service, and sends the first indication information to an access network device.
  • the access network device is an access network device accessed by the relay terminal, and the first PDU session is used by the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal.
  • the first device can enable the access network device to determine which PDU sessions are used to provide the relay service by sending the first indication information to the access network device.
  • the first device is an SMF or AMF or a relay terminal.
  • acquiring the first indication information by the first device includes: the first device receives the first indication information from the relay terminal; or, the first device receives the first indication information from the relay terminal.
  • the subsequent terminal receives the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session, and determines the first indication information according to the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session; or, the first device receives the remote terminal report from the relay terminal , And determine the first indication information according to the remote terminal report, and the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first PDU session.
  • the first device receives the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session from the relay terminal, and determines the first indication information according to the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session , Including: the first device receives a message from the relay terminal, the message carries the identity of the first remote terminal, the identity of the relay terminal, and the identity of the first PDU session; the first device according to the identity of the first remote terminal, the identity of the relay terminal The identifier and the identifier of the first PDU session determine the first indication information.
  • This possible implementation manner provides a more specific manner for the first device to determine the first indication information according to the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session.
  • sending the first indication information to the access network device by the first device includes: the first device sends the first indication information to the access network device through an RRC message.
  • One instruction information is: the first device sends the first indication information to the access network device through an RRC message.
  • a communication method including: a relay terminal establishes a first PDU session, the first PDU session is used by the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal; the relay terminal notifies the first device to relay The terminal provides a relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session, and the first device is SMF or AMF.
  • the method provided by the fourth aspect provides a method for making the SMF determine the first indication information.
  • the relay terminal notifies the first device that the relay terminal provides a relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session, including: the relay terminal provides the first remote terminal identification of the first device to the first remote terminal and The identifier of the first PDU session.
  • This possible implementation provides a more specific method for the SMF to determine the first indication information.
  • the relay terminal notifying the first device that the relay terminal provides the relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session includes: the relay terminal sends a message to the first device, and the message carries the first device.
  • the relay terminal notifying the first device that the relay terminal provides a relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session includes: the relay terminal sends the first indication information to the first device, and An indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal.
  • This possible implementation provides a more specific method for the SMF to determine the first indication information.
  • a communication method including: a relay terminal establishes a first PDU session, where the first PDU session is used by the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal; and the relay terminal sends a remote The terminal report, the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first PDU session, and the first device is SMF or AMF.
  • the method provided in the fifth aspect provides yet another method for the SMF to determine the first indication information.
  • a communication method including: the AMF receives a fourth AMBR of a relay terminal from a PCF, the relay terminal is used to provide a relay service for the remote terminal, and the fourth AMBR is a remote service for the subscribed relay terminal The upper limit of the data transmission rate of the terminal; the AMF sends the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal to the access network device, and the access network device is the access network device accessed by the relay terminal.
  • the method provided in the sixth aspect provides a method for enabling the access network device to determine the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the subscribed relay terminal.
  • the method further includes: the AMF sends third indication information to the PCF, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the relay terminal is capable of providing relay services.
  • a communication method including: SMF receives the AMBR of a first PDU session from UDM, the first PDU session is used by a relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal; and the SMF is sent to an access network device AMBR of the first PDU session.
  • the method provided in the seventh aspect provides a method for the access network device to determine the AMBR of the PDU session.
  • the AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session when the relay service is provided.
  • the method further includes: SMF sends fourth and fifth indication information to UDM, and the first The fourth indication information is used to indicate the session attributes of the first PDU session, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
  • This possible implementation provides a more specific method for the access network device to determine the AMBR of the PDU session.
  • a communication method including: UDM receives fourth indication information and fifth indication information from SMF, the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session attribute of the first PDU session, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate the first PDU session.
  • One PDU session is used to provide relay services, and the first PDU session is used to relay terminals to provide relay services to the first remote terminal;
  • UDM sends the AMBR of the first PDU session to the SMF according to the fourth indication information and the fifth indication information,
  • the AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session when the relay service is provided.
  • the method provided by the eighth aspect provides a method for making the SMF determine the AMBR of the PDU session.
  • a communication device including: a processing unit; a processing unit for determining a first AMBR of a relay terminal, the communication device is a communication device accessed by the relay terminal, and the relay terminal is a remote terminal Provide relay service, the first AMBR is the sum of the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions of the relay terminal, the first group of PDU sessions is used to carry the data of the relay terminal; the processing unit is also used to use the third AMBR to relay The data transmission rate of the terminal is controlled; where the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR, and the second AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the subscribed relay terminal.
  • the apparatus further includes: a communication unit; the communication unit is configured to receive first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service, The first PDU session is used by the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal, the first group of PDU sessions does not include the first PDU session, and the first remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal; the processing unit, It is specifically used to determine the first AMBR of the relay terminal based on the first indication information.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive second indication information from the first device, the second indication information is used to indicate that the second PDU session is used for providing relay services, and the second PDU session is used for middle After the terminal provides a relay service for the second remote terminal, the first group of PDU sessions does not include the second PDU session, and the second remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal; the processing unit is specifically configured to: One indication information and second indication information determine the first AMBR.
  • the first device is an SMF or AMF or a relay terminal.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the AMF, where the fourth AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the subscribed relay terminal; the processing unit, It is also used to use the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal; where the sixth AMBR is the smaller of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR, and the fifth AMBR is the relay terminal’s The sum of the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions.
  • the second group of PDU sessions is used to carry the data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive the AMBR of the first PDU session from the SMF; the processing unit is further configured to determine the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR of the first PDU session.
  • a communication device including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the communication unit is further configured to receive a fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the AMF, and the fourth AMBR is the remote terminal serviced by the subscribed relay terminal.
  • the upper limit of the data transmission rate; the processing unit is also used to use the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal; where the sixth AMBR is the smaller of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR Value, the fifth AMBR is the sum of the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions of the relay terminal, and the second group of PDU sessions is used to carry data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive the AMBR of the first PDU session from the SMF; the processing unit is further configured to determine the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR of the first PDU session.
  • a communication device including: a processing unit and a communication unit; the processing unit is configured to obtain first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service; A PDU session is used for the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal; the communication unit is used for sending the first indication information to the access network device, and the access network device is the access network device accessed by the relay terminal.
  • the communication device is an SMF or AMF or a relay terminal.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: receive the first indication information from the relay terminal through the communication unit; or, receive the first indication information from the relay terminal through the communication unit.
  • the identifier of the remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session, and the first indication information is determined according to the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session; or, the remote terminal report is received from the relay terminal through the communication unit, and the remote terminal report is The report confirms the first indication information, and the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first PDU session.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: receive a message from the relay terminal through the communication unit, and the message carries the identity of the first remote terminal, the identity of the relay terminal, and the identity of the first PDU session; The identifier of a remote terminal, the identifier of the relay terminal, and the identifier of the first PDU session determine the first indication information.
  • the communication unit when the communication device is a relay terminal, the communication unit is specifically configured to: send the first indication information to the access network device through an RRC message.
  • a communication device including: a processing unit and a communication unit; the processing unit is configured to establish a first PDU session, and the first PDU session is used by the communication device to provide a relay service for a first remote terminal; communication The unit is used to notify the first device that the communication device provides a relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session, and the first device is SMF or AMF.
  • the communication unit is specifically configured to send the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session to the first device.
  • the communication unit is specifically configured to send a message to the first device, and the message carries the identifier of the first remote terminal, the identifier of the communication device, and the identifier of the first PDU session.
  • the communication unit is specifically configured to send first indication information to the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal.
  • a communication device including: a processing unit and a communication unit; a processing unit, configured to establish a first PDU session, and the communication device provides a relay service for a first remote terminal through the first PDU session; a communication unit , Used to send a remote terminal report to the first device, the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first PDU session, and the first device is SMF or AMF.
  • a communication device including: a processing unit and a communication unit; the processing unit is configured to receive the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the PCF through the communication unit, and the relay terminal is configured to provide relays for the remote terminal Service, the fourth AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the subscribed relay terminal; the processing unit is also used to send the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal to the access network device through the communication unit, the access network device It is the access network equipment that the relay terminal accesses.
  • the processing unit is further configured to send third indication information to the PCF through the communication unit, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the relay terminal is capable of providing relay services.
  • a communication device including: a processing unit and a communication unit; the processing unit is configured to receive the AMBR of the first PDU session from the UDM through the communication unit, and the first PDU session is used to relay the terminal as the first The remote terminal provides a relay service; the processing unit is also used to send the AMBR of the first PDU session to the access network device through the communication unit.
  • the AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session when the relay service is provided.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: send the fourth indication information and the fifth indication information to the UDM through the communication unit. Indication information, the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session attribute of the first PDU session, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
  • a communication device including: a processing unit and a communication unit; the processing unit is configured to receive fourth instruction information and fifth instruction information from the SMF through the communication unit, and the fourth instruction information is used to indicate the first The session attribute of the PDU session, the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide relay services, and the first PDU session is used to provide relay services for the first remote terminal by the relay terminal; the processing unit is also used for The fourth indication information and the fifth indication information send the AMBR of the first PDU session to the SMF through the communication unit, and the AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session when the relay service is provided.
  • a communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is connected to the memory, and the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so as to implement any one of the methods provided in any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect.
  • the memory and the processor may be integrated together, or may be independent devices. In the latter case, the memory may be located in the communication device or outside the communication device.
  • the processor includes a logic circuit, and also includes at least one of an input interface and an output interface.
  • the output interface is used to execute the sending action in the corresponding method
  • the input interface is used to execute the receiving action in the corresponding method.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface and a communication bus, and the processor, the memory, and the communication interface are connected through the communication bus.
  • the communication interface is used to perform the sending and receiving actions in the corresponding method.
  • the communication interface may also be called a transceiver.
  • the communication interface includes at least one of a transmitter and a receiver. In this case, the transmitter is used to perform the sending action in the corresponding method, and the receiver is used to perform the receiving action in the corresponding method.
  • the communication device exists in the form of a chip product.
  • a chip including: a processor and an interface, the processor is coupled to the memory through the interface, and when the processor executes a computer program or instruction in the memory, any of the first to eighth aspects is Any one of the methods provided by one aspect is executed.
  • a communication system including: the communication devices provided in the aforementioned ninth to sixteenth aspects.
  • a computer-readable storage medium including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of the methods provided in any one of the first to eighth aspects.
  • a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which when the instructions are run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of the methods provided in any one of the first to eighth aspects.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a terminal relay scenario
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a PDU session provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another PDU session provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a relationship between a PDU session and a QoS flow provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another terminal relay scenario provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of the 5G system
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of the 4G system
  • 17 to 20 are respectively interaction flowcharts of a communication method provided by embodiments of this application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • Protocol data unit protocol data unit
  • QoS quality of service
  • Flow flow
  • a PDU session is a connection between a terminal and a data network (data network, DN), and is used to provide PDU connection services.
  • the PDU session type may be a protocol (Internet protocol, IP) connection, Ethernet connection, or unstructured data connection between networks.
  • the PDU connection service supported by the core network of the fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) system refers to a service that provides PDU exchange between a terminal and a DN determined by a data network name (DNN).
  • the terminal can initiate the establishment of one or more PDU sessions to connect to the same DN or different DNs. For example, in Figure 2, the terminal initiates the establishment of PDU session 1 and PDU session 2 to connect to the same DN.
  • FIG. 3 it is a schematic diagram of a PDU session provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the terminal initiates the establishment of PDU Session 1, PDU Session 2, and PDU Session 3.
  • PDU session 1 and PDU session 2 are connected to DN1 through different user plane function (UPF) network elements, and PDU session 3 is connected to DN2.
  • UPF user plane function
  • the PDU session of the terminal described in this application can be understood as a PDU session triggered by the terminal.
  • Each PDU session has corresponding attributes (hereinafter referred to as session attributes).
  • the session attributes of a PDU session refer to information such as the DNN and slice type corresponding to the PDU session.
  • the slice type may be single network slice selection assistance information (S-NSSAI), etc.
  • S-NSSAI single network slice selection assistance information
  • a QoS flow is the finest QoS differentiation granularity in a PDU session, and a QoS flow identity (QoS flow identity, QFI) is used to identify a QoS flow.
  • QoS flow identity QFI
  • a PDU session can include multiple QoS flows, and each QoS flow can carry multiple services. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 4, a PDU session includes three QoS flows, namely QoS flow 1, QoS flow 2, and QoS flow 3. In a QoS flow, the QoS of different services is the same.
  • Protocol data network protocol data network
  • PDN protocol data network
  • EPS evolved packet system
  • bearer bearer
  • the PDN connection is a combination of a set of bearers established on the terminal in the 4th Generation (4G) system. These bearers have the same IP address and access point name (APN). The bearer is in the 4G system The data transmission channel. On the terminal and network side, a PDN connection is identified by the IP address and APN.
  • 4G 4th Generation
  • APN access point name
  • the default bearer refers to a bearer that is established at the same time that the PDN connection is established.
  • a dedicated bearer refers to a bearer established to meet specific QoS requirements after the PDN connection is established.
  • a PDN connection may include multiple dedicated bearers and one default bearer.
  • the attribute of the bearer may be the APN corresponding to the bearer.
  • the PDN connection in the 4G system is similar to the PDU session in the 5G system, and the APN in the 4G system is similar to the DNN in the 5G system.
  • Guaranteed bit rate (guaranteed bit rate, GBR), non-guaranteed bit rate (non-guaranteed bit rate, Non GBR)
  • GBR refers to the minimum bit rate that the system guarantees for QoS flows. Even when network resources are tight, the corresponding bit rate can be maintained.
  • Non-GBR means that in the case of network congestion, the bearer or QoS flow needs to bear the requirement of reducing the speed. Since the QoS flow of Non-GBR does not need to occupy fixed network resources, it can be established for a long time.
  • terminal AMBR terminal AMBR
  • terminal subscription AMBR Subscribed-UE-AMBR
  • session AMBR Session-AMBR
  • the AMBR of a terminal defines the upper limit of the sum of the bit rates of all Non-GBR QoS streams of a terminal, that is, the sum of the bit rates of all Non-GBR QoS streams of a terminal cannot be greater than the AMBR of the terminal.
  • the AMBR of the terminal is the AMBR that is actually used to control the sum of the bit rates of all Non-GBR QoS streams of the terminal.
  • the AMBR (Subscribed-UE-AMBR) subscribed by the terminal is the upper limit of the sum of the bit rates of all Non-GBR QoS streams subscribed, and is stored in unified data management (UDM).
  • the AMBR subscribed by the terminal is used to determine the AMBR of the terminal.
  • the AMBR of a session defines the upper limit of the sum of the bit rates of all Non-GBR QoS flows of a PDU session, that is, the sum of the bit rates of all Non-GBR QoS flows of a PDU session cannot be greater than that of the PDU session.
  • AMBR the AMBR of different PDU sessions may be different.
  • AMBR of APN also exists in the 4G system. Similar to the AMBR of the session, the AMBR of the APN defines the upper limit of the sum of the bit rates of all the non-GBR bearers of an APN, that is, the sum of the bit rates of all the non-GBR bearers of an APN cannot be greater than this APN's AMBR.
  • the AMBR of different APNs may be different. In the following description of this application, “bearing the corresponding ANBR” means “bearing the AMBR of the corresponding APN".
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a terminal relay scenario, and in particular, can be applied to a terminal relay scenario of L3 relay.
  • the remote terminal uses the PDU session of the relay terminal to transmit data, and the relay terminal forwards the data of the remote terminal based on the IP address.
  • the terminal relay scenario is not limited to the scenario shown in FIG. 1, and may also be other terminal relay scenarios (for example, the scenario shown in FIG. 5), which is not limited in this application.
  • the relay terminal there can be one-to-many communication between the relay terminal and the remote terminal (that is, the relay terminal provides relay services for multiple remote terminals), or one-to-one communication (One-to-one communication). to one communication) (that is, the relay terminal provides relay services for 1 remote terminal).
  • One-to-many communication corresponds to multicast communication and broadcast communication
  • one-to-one communication corresponds to unicast communication.
  • SL side link
  • SL side link
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be specifically applied to 4G systems, various systems based on 4G system evolution, 5G systems, and various systems based on 5G system evolution.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application is applied to the 5G system and the 4G system as an example for description, and the specific description is made through the first part and the second part below.
  • the first part is used to describe the architecture of the 5G system, the problems in the 5G system, the implementation process of the method provided in the embodiment of the application in the 5G system, etc.
  • the second part is used to describe the architecture of the 4G system and the existing problems in the 4G system. Problem, the implementation process of the method provided in the embodiment of the application in the 4G system, etc.
  • Fig. 6 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a 5G system.
  • the 5G system may include: authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network elements, access and mobility management function (core access and mobility management function, AMF) network elements, DN, UDM network elements, policies Control function (policy control function, PCF) network element, (radio) access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN) network element, UPF network element, terminal (terminal), application function (AF) Network element, session management function (SMF) network element, network exposure function (NEF) network element, network function repository function (NRF) network element, unified database (unified data repository) , UDR) network element.
  • authentication server function authentication server function
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • PCF policy control function
  • PCF policy control function
  • AF application function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • NRF network function repository function
  • UDR unified database
  • (R) AN network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, AUSF network element, UDM network element, UPF network element and PCF network element in Figure 6 are only a name, and the name refers to the network element itself. Does not constitute a limitation. In 5G networks and other networks in the future, the network elements or devices corresponding to these network elements may also have other names, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application. For example, UDM network elements may also be replaced with user home server (home subscriber server, HSS) or user subscription database (USD) or database network elements, etc., which are uniformly explained here and will not be repeated here. .
  • (R)AN network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, UDM network element, UPF network element, PCF network element, etc. are respectively passed through (R)AN, AMF, SMF, UDM, UPF, PCF And so on.
  • the terminal, (R)AN, UPF, and DN in Figure 6 are generally referred to as user plane network elements.
  • User data traffic can be transmitted through the PDU session established between the terminal and DN, and the transmission will go through (R)AN and UPF These two network elements.
  • the user plane is used for service data bearing.
  • the other network elements in Figure 6 are called control plane network elements, which are mainly responsible for functions such as authentication and authentication, registration management, session management, mobility management, and policy control, so as to achieve reliable and stable transmission of user-level traffic.
  • the control plane is used to carry signaling messages.
  • Figure 6 shows the interaction relationship between the network elements and the corresponding interface.
  • the UE and the AMF can interact through the N1 interface, and the interaction message is called the N1 message (Message).
  • the N1 message Part of the interface is implemented as a service interface.
  • PCF has functions such as providing policy rules to control plane network elements.
  • UDM has functions such as managing the user's contract data and generating user authentication information.
  • AF can be an application server, which can belong to an operator or a third party. It mainly supports the interaction with the 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) core network to provide services, such as influencing data routing decisions, policy control functions, or providing third-party services to the network side.
  • 3rd generation partnership project 3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP
  • RAN a network composed of multiple access network devices (also known as RAN nodes), which implements wireless physical layer functions, resource scheduling and wireless resource management, wireless access control and mobility management functions, and quality of service management , Data compression and encryption functions.
  • the access network equipment is connected to the UPF through the user plane interface N3, and is used to transmit terminal data.
  • the access network equipment establishes a control plane signaling connection with the AMF through the control plane interface N2, which is used to implement functions such as radio access bearer control.
  • AMF is mainly responsible for the signaling processing part, such as terminal registration management, terminal connection management, terminal reachability management, terminal access authorization and access authentication, terminal security functions, terminal mobility management, Functions such as network slice selection, SMF selection, and terminal attachment and detachment.
  • the AMF serves as the anchor point for the N1 and N2 signaling connection and provides the N1/N2 interface session management (SM) message routing for the SMF; maintains and manages terminal state information.
  • SM interface session management
  • the AMF network element When the AMF network element provides services for the session in the terminal, it will provide storage resources of the control plane for the session to store the session identifier, the SMF identifier associated with the session identifier, and so on.
  • SMF is mainly responsible for all control plane functions of terminal session management, including UPF selection, control and redirection, IP address allocation and management, session QoS management, and policy and charging control (PCC) obtained from PCF Strategies, bearer establishment, modification and release, etc.
  • SMF is also used as the termination point of the SM part in the non-access stratum (NAS) message.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • UPF as the anchor point of the PDU session connection, is responsible for the terminal's data message filtering, data transmission/forwarding (for example, forwarding the data exchanged between the access network device and the DN), rate control, generating billing information, User plane QoS processing, uplink transmission authentication, transmission level verification, downlink data packet buffering, and downlink data notification triggering.
  • UPF can also be used as a branch point for multi-homed PDU sessions.
  • the transmission resources and scheduling functions that provide services for terminals in UPF are managed and controlled by SMF.
  • the terminal can be a wireless terminal or a wired terminal.
  • a wireless terminal may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem.
  • a certain air interface technology such as a new radio (NR) technology or a long term evolution (LTE) technology
  • NR new radio
  • LTE long term evolution
  • the wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core network devices via the access network device, such as communicating with AMF, SMF, etc.
  • the wireless terminal can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone), a smart phone, a satellite wireless device, a wireless modem card, and a computer with a mobile terminal.
  • a mobile terminal such as a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone), a smart phone, a satellite wireless device, a wireless modem card, and a computer with a mobile terminal.
  • the wireless terminal can be a laptop, portable, pocket-sized, Handheld, built-in computer or vehicle-mounted mobile devices that exchange voice and/or data with access network equipment.
  • the wireless terminal may be a personal communication service (PCS) phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, and a personal digital Assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), VR glasses, AR glasses, machine type communication terminal and other equipment.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the communication equipment mounted on the vehicle is a kind of terminal, and the roadside unit (RSU) can also be used as a kind of terminal.
  • the communication equipment mounted on the drone can also be regarded as a kind of terminal.
  • the wireless terminal can also be called UE, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, access point, Access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), etc.
  • the network architecture of the 5G network may also include other functional network elements.
  • a network exposure function (NEF) network element may also be included between the AF network element and the PCF network element, which may be used to exchange internal and external information of the network.
  • the network element may also be referred to as an entity or a device.
  • the access network equipment uses the sum of the AMBR of the PDU session of the relay terminal, and the smaller value of the AMBR subscribed by the relay terminal, to the data transmission rate of the relay terminal (E.g. bit rate) for control.
  • the PDU sessions of the relay terminal can be divided into two groups. The first group of PDU sessions is used to carry data of the relay terminal, and the second group of PDU sessions is used to carry data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the first group of PDU sessions is used to carry data of the relay terminal
  • the second group of PDU sessions is used to carry data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • Both groups of PDU sessions are taken into consideration when determining the sum of the AMBR of the relay terminal's PDU sessions. , Neither can accurately control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal, nor can it accurately control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the access network equipment can only control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal (denoted as scheme 1), or it can only control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal (denoted as As scheme 2), the data transmission rate of each remote terminal can also be controlled (denoted as scheme 3).
  • scheme 1 to 3 can be combined, and scheme 1, scheme 2 and scheme 3 can also be combined, and only the corresponding schemes need to be combined.
  • Solution 1 The access network equipment controls the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
  • the implementation process of Scheme 1 includes:
  • the access network device determines the first AMBR of the relay terminal.
  • the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by the relay terminal, and the relay terminal is used to provide a relay service for the remote terminal.
  • the relay terminal may provide relay services for one remote terminal, or may provide relay services for multiple remote terminals.
  • the first AMBR is the sum of the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions of the relay terminal.
  • the first group of PDU sessions is used to carry the data of the relay terminal.
  • the first group of PDU sessions may include one or more PDU sessions. If the first group of PDU sessions includes a PDU session, the access network device may determine the AMBR of the PDU session as the first AMBR. If the first group of PDU sessions includes multiple PDU sessions, the access network device may add the AMBRs of the multiple PDU sessions to obtain the first AMBR.
  • the data of the relay terminal may include data that ends at the relay terminal and/or data that starts from the relay terminal, but does not include the data of the remote terminal that is forwarded to provide a relay service for the remote terminal.
  • the data that terminates at the relay terminal refers to the data that the relay terminal receives from the access network device and is no longer forwarded to the remote terminal.
  • the data starting from the relay terminal refers to the data sent by the relay terminal to the access network device, and is not the data received from the remote terminal.
  • the access network device uses the third AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
  • the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR.
  • the second AMBR is the AMBR subscribed by the relay terminal, that is, the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the subscribed relay terminal.
  • the method further includes: the AMF sends the second AMBR to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the second AMBR from the AMF.
  • the second AMBR may be carried in a next generation application protocol (NGAP) message (NGAP message).
  • NGAP message For example, an initial context setup request (initial context setup request) message.
  • AMF can obtain the second AMBR from UDM or PCF.
  • the AMF may obtain the subscription data of the relay terminal from the UDM in the registration process of the relay terminal, and the subscription data of the relay terminal may include the second AMBR. If the AMF obtains the second AMBR from the PCF, the AMF may obtain the second AMBR from the PCF in the access management (access management, AM) policy association (policy association) process. Among them, the AM policy association process is used by the AMF to obtain policy information related to access management from the PCF.
  • step 702 when the access network equipment uses the third AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal, it is ensured that the data transmission rate of the relay terminal is not greater than the third AMBR, that is, it is ensured that at the same time, the first group The sum of the data carried in the PDU session is not greater than the third AMBR.
  • the data of the relay terminal in the embodiment of the present application is specifically the data of the QoS flow of Non-GBR used to carry the data of the relay terminal among all the Non-GBR QoS flows of the relay terminal.
  • the data carried by the first group of PDU sessions is specifically the data of all Non-GBR QoS flows in the first group of PDU sessions.
  • the access network device determines the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
  • the first AMBR only considers the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions, and does not consider the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions, thereby more accurately controlling the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
  • the access network device may determine other PDU sessions except the second group of PDU sessions as the first group of PDU sessions.
  • the second group of PDU sessions is used to carry the data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal includes data ending in the remote terminal and/or data starting from the remote terminal.
  • the data terminating at the remote terminal refers to the data sent by the access network device and that needs to be forwarded by the relay terminal to the remote terminal.
  • the data starting from the remote terminal refers to the data received by the access network device, generated by the remote terminal, and need to be forwarded by the relay terminal.
  • which PDU sessions belong to the second group of PDU sessions may be indicated by the first device to the access network device.
  • the first device is SMF or AMF or a relay terminal.
  • the first device instructs the first PDU session to provide relay services.
  • the specific process may include:
  • the first device obtains first indication information (for example, relay indication), the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide relay services, and the first PDU session is used to relay the terminal as the first The remote terminal provides relay services.
  • first indication information for example, relay indication
  • the first group of PDU sessions does not include the first PDU session, and the first remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal.
  • the first device sends the first indication information to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the first indication information from the first device.
  • the first device sends the first indication information to the access network device through a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the RRC message may be an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC reconfiguration complete) message.
  • step 701 when step 701 is specifically implemented, it may include: the access network device determines the first AMBR of the relay terminal based on the first indication information. That is, the access network device does not take the first PDU session into consideration when determining the first AMBR.
  • the first device may also obtain an indication information (denoted as the ninth indication information).
  • the ninth indication information is used to indicate that the PDU session is not used to provide relay services (or to indicate that the PDU session is used to carry data of the relay terminal), and the first device sends the ninth indication information to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the first indication information, it determines that the corresponding session is used to provide the relay service. Indicating information, it is determined that the corresponding session is not used to provide relay services.
  • the first indication information and the ninth indication information can be indicated by one bit. For example, when the value of this bit is 1, it means that the corresponding session is used to provide relay services, and when the value of this bit is 0, it means that the corresponding session is not used for the relay service. Provide relay services. The reverse is also possible.
  • the first indication information and the ninth indication information may also be indicated by different bits, which is not limited in this application.
  • the above step 11) can be implemented in any one of the following manners 1 to 3.
  • the relay terminal may notify the first device that the relay terminal provides a relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session.
  • methods 1 to 3, step 12) under Mode 1 to Mode 3 and implementations of other methods included in this application under Mode 1 to Mode 3 are respectively introduced.
  • Manner 1 The first device receives the first indication information from the relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal In the first mode, notifies the first device that the relay terminal provides a relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session, which may include:
  • the relay terminal establishes the first PDU session.
  • the relay terminal sends the first indication information to the first device.
  • the relay terminal can know whether the PDU session belongs to the first group of PDU sessions or the second group of PDU sessions. For the second group of PDU sessions, for example, the first PDU session, the relay terminal may send the first indication information to the first device.
  • the SMF and the relay terminal may communicate through AMF.
  • the relay terminal may carry the first indication information in a PDU session establishment request (PDU session establishment request) and send it to the AMF.
  • PDU session establishment request PDU session establishment request
  • the first indication information is carried in an SM context request (SM context request) and sent to the SMF.
  • SM context request SM context request
  • the relay terminal can carry the first indication information in the Remote UE Report and send it to the AMF, and the AMF will receive it.
  • the received remote terminal report is sent to the SMF, and the SMF obtains the first indication information from the remote terminal report.
  • the SMF can carry the first indication information in the N1N2 transmission message (N1N2MessageTransfer) and send it to the AMF, and the AMF then carries the first indication information in The NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request (N2 PDU session request)) is sent to the access network device.
  • N1N2MessageTransfer N1N2 Transmission message
  • N2 PDU session request N2 PDU session request
  • the relay terminal may carry the first indication information in the PDU session establishment request or the remote terminal report and send it to the AMF.
  • the AMF may carry the first indication information in the NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request) and send it to the access network device.
  • the first device receives the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session from the relay terminal, and determines the first indication information according to the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session.
  • the relay terminal notifies the first device that the relay terminal provides the relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session, which may include:
  • the relay terminal establishes the first PDU session.
  • the relay terminal sends the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session to the first device.
  • the relay terminal may carry the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session in the PDU session establishment request and send it to AMF: After receiving the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session, the AMF carries the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session in the SM context request and sends it to the SMF.
  • the relay terminal can carry the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session in the remote terminal report and send it to the AMF ,
  • the AMF sends the received remote terminal report to the SMF, and the SMF obtains the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session from the remote terminal report.
  • the SMF determines the first indication information according to the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session.
  • the SMF may carry the first indication information in the N1N2 transmission message and send it to the AMF, and then the AMF may carry the first indication information in the NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request) and send it To the access network equipment.
  • the NGAP message for example, N2 PDU session request
  • the relay terminal may carry the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session in the PDU session establishment request or remote terminal report and send To AMF.
  • the AMF determines the first indication information according to the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session.
  • the AMF may carry the first indication information in the NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request) and send it to the access network device.
  • the information transmitted between the relay terminal and the first device may include the identification of the relay terminal in addition to the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session.
  • step 11-B2) and mode 2 replace "the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session" with "the identification of the first remote terminal, the relay terminal And the identity of the first PDU session" to understand.
  • step 11-B2 includes the following in specific implementation:
  • the first device sends a message, and the message carries the identifier of the first remote terminal, the identifier of the relay terminal, and the identifier of the first PDU session.
  • the first device receives the message from the relay terminal.
  • the second method may include: the first device determines the first indication information according to the identifier of the first remote terminal, the identifier of the relay terminal, and the identifier of the first PDU session.
  • the message may be a non-access stratum (Non-access stratum, NAS) message.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the identifier of the terminal may be a 5G globally unique temporary identifier (5G-GUTI), an international mobile subscriber identification code (international) mobile subscriber identity, IMSI), application layer identity, etc.
  • 5G-GUTI 5G globally unique temporary identifier
  • IMSI international mobile subscriber identification code
  • application layer identity etc.
  • the first device receives the remote terminal report from the relay terminal, and determines the first indication information according to the remote terminal report. Among them, the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first PDU session.
  • Mode 3 As long as the first device receives the remote terminal report, it can determine that the PDU session corresponding to the PDU session identifier carried in the remote terminal report is used to provide relay services, that is, the PDU session belongs to the second group. PDU session, without the need to determine through other information. It can also be understood that, according to the message type reported by the remote terminal, the first device can determine that the PDU session corresponding to the PDU session identifier carried in the remote terminal report is used to provide the relay service. This message type can indicate that the current message is reported by a remote terminal.
  • the method can also include:
  • the relay terminal establishes the first PDU session.
  • the relay terminal sends a remote terminal report to the first device.
  • the relay terminal can send a remote terminal report carrying the identifier of the first PDU session to AMF, and AMF sends the received remote terminal report to SMF.
  • the SMF determines the first indication information according to the remote terminal report.
  • the SMF may carry the first indication information in the N1N2 transmission message and send it to the AMF, and then the AMF may carry the first indication information in the NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request) and send it To the access network equipment.
  • the NGAP message for example, N2 PDU session request
  • the relay terminal may send a remote terminal report carrying the identifier of the first PDU session to the AMF.
  • the AMF determines the first indication information according to the remote terminal report.
  • the AMF may carry the first indication information in the NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request) and send it to the access network device.
  • the first device may also use a similar method to indicate. For example, if the second group of PDU sessions also includes a second PDU session, the first device instructs the second PDU session to provide relay services.
  • the specific process may include:
  • the first device obtains the second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate that the second PDU session is used to provide the relay service, and the second PDU session is used to provide the relay service for the second remote terminal by the relay terminal.
  • step 21) is similar to that of step 11), which can be understood by reference, and will not be repeated.
  • the first device sends the second indication information to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the second indication information from the first device.
  • the first device when the first device is a relay terminal, the first device sends the second indication information to the access network device through an RRC message.
  • the step 701 may include: the access network device determines the first AMBR based on the first indication information and the second indication information. That is to say, when determining the first AMBR, the access network device does not take the first PDU session and the second PDU session into consideration.
  • the second group of PDU sessions may also include other PDU sessions.
  • the access network device needs to exclude all PDU sessions in the second group of PDU sessions. Therefore, for each PDU session in the second group of PDU sessions, the first device may use a similar manner to the first PDU session and the second PDU session to indicate that the corresponding PDU session is used to provide the relay service.
  • the access network device not only needs to know which PDU sessions belong to the first group of PDU sessions, but also needs to know the AMBR of each PDU session in the first group of PDU sessions.
  • the process for the access network device to obtain the AMBR of each PDU session can be referred to steps 11) to 13) in solution 2. It only needs to replace the first PDU session with the corresponding PDU session in the first group of PDU sessions. Just understand.
  • Scheme 2 The access network equipment controls the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the implementation process of Scheme 2 includes:
  • the AMF receives the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the PCF or UDM.
  • the relay terminal is used to provide a relay service for the remote terminal
  • the fourth AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the subscribed relay terminal, that is, the AMBR of the subscribed relay terminal for the relay service (Subscribed UE-AMBR for relaying).
  • the AMF may obtain the subscription data of the relay terminal from the UDM in the registration process of the relay terminal, and the subscription data of the relay terminal may include the fourth AMBR. If the AMF obtains the fourth AMBR from the PCF, the AMF may obtain the fourth AMBR from the PCF during the AM policy association process.
  • the method further includes: the AMF sends third indication information to the PCF, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the relay terminal is capable of providing relay services.
  • the PCF receives the third indication information from the AMF, and sends the fourth AMBR to the AMF according to the third indication information.
  • the process in which the AMF obtains the fourth AMBR from the UDM is also similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • whether a terminal has the ability to provide relay services may be indicated to the AMF when the terminal is registered.
  • the AMF sends the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the AMF.
  • the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by the relay terminal.
  • the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal may be carried in the NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request).
  • the access network device uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the sixth AMBR is the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR.
  • the fifth AMBR is the sum of the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions of the relay terminal, and the second group of PDU sessions is used to carry data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • step 803 when the access network device uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal, it is ensured that the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal is not greater than the sixth AMBR, that is, Ensure that at the same moment, the sum of the data carried by the second group of PDU sessions is not greater than the sixth AMBR.
  • the data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal in the embodiment of the present application is specifically the QoS of the Non-GBR of all the non-GBR QoS flows of the relay terminal, which is used to carry the data of all the remote terminals.
  • the data of the flow, the data carried by the second group of PDU sessions are specifically the data of all Non-GBR QoS flows in the second group of PDU sessions.
  • the access network device determines the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the fifth AMBR only considers the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions, and does not consider the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions, so as to more accurately control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the access network device determines a fifth AMBR.
  • the process for the access network device to determine the fifth AMBR includes:
  • UDM sends the AMBR of the first PDU session to SMF.
  • the SMF receives the AMBR of the first PDU session from the UDM.
  • the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service, that is, the first PDU session is one PDU session in the second group of PDU sessions.
  • the first PDU session is used for the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal.
  • SMF may send a request message to UDM, and the request message may carry attribute information of the first PDU session.
  • UDM may send the AMBR of the first PDU session to SMF.
  • the SMF sends the AMBR of the first PDU session to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the AMBR of the first PDU session from the SMF.
  • the access network device determines the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR of the first PDU session.
  • UDM stores the AMBR corresponding to the PDU session of each session attribute, and the AMBR corresponding to the PDU session of each session attribute has two situations:
  • Each PDU session of each session attribute corresponds to two AMBRs, one AMBR is the corresponding AMBR when the PDU session of this type of session attribute is used to carry the data of the relay terminal, and the other AMBR is the corresponding AMBR of the PDU session of this type of session attribute.
  • the AMBR corresponding to the data of the remote terminal carrying the relay terminal service (that is, used to provide the relay service).
  • the method further includes: the SMF sends fourth indication information to the UDM, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session attributes of the first PDU session.
  • the UDM receives the fourth indication information from the SMF, and sends the AMBR of the first PDU session to the SMF according to the fourth indication information.
  • the method further includes: SMF sending the foregoing fourth indication information and fifth indication information to UDM, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide relay service.
  • the UDM receives the fourth indication information and the fifth indication information from the SMF, and sends the AMBR of the first PDU session to the SMF according to the fourth indication information and the fifth indication information.
  • the SMF may also use a similar method to obtain the AMBR of the PDU session.
  • the SMF may also determine the AMBR of the second PDU session using a method similar to the first PDU session, and send it to the access network device.
  • step 13) may include: the access network device determines the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR of the first PDU session and the AMBR of the second PDU session.
  • the second group of PDU sessions may also include other PDU sessions.
  • the access network device needs to count all PDU sessions in the second group of PDU sessions.
  • the access network device Before calculating the fifth AMBR, the access network device needs to determine which PDU sessions belong to the second group of PDU sessions. For this process, please refer to the related description in Embodiment 1, and will not be repeated. It should be noted that for the first PDU session, the SMF can carry the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session in the same message and send it to the access network device, or it can also be carried in different messages and sent to the access network device. Network equipment, this application is not limited.
  • Scheme 3 The access network equipment controls the data transmission rate of each remote terminal.
  • multiple PDU sessions can carry data of one remote terminal served by the relay terminal, and one PDU session can also carry data of multiple remote terminals served by the relay terminal.
  • multiple PDU sessions can be used to carry data of one remote terminal served by the relay terminal, but one PDU session can only carry data of one remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the AMF receives the seventh AMBR of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal from the PCF or UDM.
  • the relay terminal is used to provide a relay service for the remote terminal.
  • the first remote terminal can be any remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the seventh AMBR is the AMBR subscribed by the first remote terminal, that is, the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the subscribed first remote terminal.
  • the AMBR subscribed by a remote terminal can have the following two situations:
  • Case 1 There is only one AMBR subscribed by the remote terminal, that is, one remote terminal corresponds to one AMBR. At this time, the AMBR subscribed by the remote terminal in this application is the AMBR corresponding to the remote terminal.
  • Case 2 There are two AMBRs subscribed by the remote terminal, that is, one remote terminal corresponds to two AMBRs.
  • One AMBR is the corresponding AMBR when the remote terminal directly accesses the access network equipment, and the other is the corresponding AMBR when the remote terminal accesses the access network equipment through the relay terminal.
  • the AMBR subscribed by the remote terminal in this application is the corresponding AMBR when the remote terminal accesses the access network device through the relay terminal.
  • the AMF may request the PCF or UDM to obtain the seventh AMBR after receiving the PDU session establishment request or the remote terminal report sent by the relay terminal.
  • the PDU session establishment request or the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first remote terminal.
  • the AMF sends the request message for obtaining the seventh AMBR to the PCF or UDM, including the identification of the first remote terminal, so that the PCF or UDM feeds back the AMBR of the corresponding remote terminal to the AMF.
  • the AMF sends the seventh AMBR to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the seventh AMBR from the AMF.
  • the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by the relay terminal.
  • the seventh AMBR may be carried in an NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request).
  • the access network device uses the ninth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the ninth AMBR is the smaller value of the seventh AMBR and the eighth AMBR.
  • the eighth AMBR is the sum of the AMBR of the PDU session of the relay terminal used to carry the data of the first remote terminal.
  • the process of the access network device acquiring the AMBR of the PDU session (for example, the first PDU session) of the relay terminal used to carry the data of the first remote terminal can refer to step 11) to step 13) in solution 2.
  • SMF can send a request message to UDM, the request message can carry the identity of the first remote terminal, after UDM receives the request message, can use the relay terminal to carry the first remote terminal.
  • the AMBR of the PDU session (for example, the first PDU session) of the data of the terminal is sent to the SMF.
  • the SMF when the SMF sends the AMBR of the first PDU session to the access network device, it can also send the identification of the first remote terminal to the access network device, so that the access network device can determine which remote terminal bears the first PDU session. PDU session of the data.
  • step 903 when the access network device uses the ninth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal, it is ensured that the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal is not greater than the ninth AMBR. AMBR.
  • the data of a certain remote terminal served by the relay terminal in the embodiment of the present application is specifically the Non-GBR used to carry the data of the remote terminal in all the Non-GBR QoS flows of the relay terminal.
  • QoS flow data is specifically the Non-GBR used to carry the data of the remote terminal in all the Non-GBR QoS flows of the relay terminal.
  • the access network device determines the smaller value of the seventh AMBR and the eighth AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the eighth AMBR only considers the PDU session used to carry the data of the first remote terminal, so as to more accurately control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • Embodiment 1 taking the SMF informing the access network device that the first PDU session is a PDU session providing a relay service as an example, the solution 1 is exemplified.
  • the method provided in Embodiment 1 includes:
  • the AMF obtains the second AMBR (that is, the AMBR subscribed by the relay terminal), and sends it to the access network device.
  • step 1001 can be implemented in the following way a or way b during specific implementation.
  • Manner a In the registration process of the relay terminal, the AMF obtains the subscription data of the relay terminal from the UDM, and the subscription data of the relay terminal includes the second AMBR.
  • Manner b The AMF obtains the second AMBR from the PCF during the AM policy association process.
  • the relay terminal sends a PDU session establishment request to the AMF, where the PDU session establishment request carries first indication information.
  • the AMF receives the PDU session establishment request from the relay terminal.
  • the PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
  • the PDU session establishment request can be carried in the NAS message.
  • the AMF sends an SM context request to the SMF, and the SM context request carries first indication information.
  • the SMF receives the SM context request from the AMF.
  • the SM context request is used to request the SMF to establish a session context for the first PDU session.
  • the AMF may carry the first indication information in the PDU session establishment request in the SM context request and send it to the SMF.
  • the SMF sends an N1N2 transmission message to the AMF.
  • the N1N2 transmission message carries the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session.
  • the AMF receives the N1N2 transmission message from the SMF.
  • the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session may specifically be carried in the N2 SM information (N2 SM info) container in the N1N2 transmission message.
  • the SMF can send a request message to the UDM, and the request message can carry the attribute information of the first PDU session.
  • the UDM can send the AMBR of the first PDU session to SMF. It should be noted that, for each PDU session, the AMBR can be acquired in a manner similar to the first PDU session.
  • the AMF sends an N2 PDU session request to the access network device, and the N2 PDU session request carries the first indication information.
  • the access network device receives the N2 PDU session request from the AMF.
  • the first indication information may be carried in the N2 SM info container in the N2 PDU session request.
  • the AMF and the access network equipment can communicate through the N2 interface.
  • the access network equipment uses the third AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
  • the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR.
  • the access network device may determine each PDU according to whether it receives an indication for providing relay services (for example, for the first PDU session, the indication is the first indication information) Whether the session is used to provide relay services, and then determine the first group of PDU sessions.
  • the first AMBR is determined according to the AMBR of each PDU session in the first group of PDU sessions. Specifically, the access network device may determine the sum of the AMBRs of the PDU sessions in the first group of PDU sessions as the second AMBR.
  • the AMF may notify the access network device that the first PDU session is a PDU session that provides a relay service.
  • the AMF obtains the first indication information in the PDU session establishment request, in step 1005, it is directly carried in the N2 PDU session request and sent to the access network device.
  • the SM context request nor the N1N2 transmission message contains the first indication information.
  • Embodiment 2 taking the SMF informing the access network device that the first PDU session is a PDU session providing a relay service as an example, the solution 1 is exemplified.
  • the difference from Embodiment 1 is that, in Embodiment 1, SMF learns that the first PDU session is a PDU session that provides relay services during the establishment of the first PDU session.
  • SMF learns that the first PDU session is established after the PDU session is established.
  • a PDU session is a PDU session that provides relay services.
  • the method provided in Embodiment 2 includes:
  • the relay terminal establishes a first PDU session.
  • the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
  • the relay terminal can establish the first PDU session by interacting with network elements such as SMF, AMF, and PCF.
  • Step 1102 can be implemented through the above steps 1002 to 1005 in specific implementation.
  • the relay terminal sends a remote terminal report to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives the remote terminal report from the relay terminal.
  • the remote terminal report may include information such as the identification of the first remote terminal (Remote User ID), the IP address of the first remote terminal, and the identification of the first PDU session.
  • the remote terminal report may also include the identification of the relay terminal.
  • the AMF sends a remote terminal report to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the remote terminal report from the AMF.
  • the SMF determines the first indication information according to the remote terminal report.
  • the SMF may determine the first indication information according to the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session in the remote terminal report. In another implementation manner, the SMF may determine the first indication information according to the remote terminal report (which can be understood as the message type reported by the remote terminal) and the identifier of the first PDU session therein.
  • step 1106 the process of SMF obtaining the AMBR of each session is similar to that of Embodiment 1.
  • Embodiment 1 for understanding, and will not be repeated here.
  • the AMF may notify the access network device that the first PDU session is a PDU session that provides a relay service.
  • AMF can determine the first indication information according to the remote terminal report (the determination method is similar to SMF), and step 1105 is not performed.
  • step 1107 AMF directly carries the determined first indication information in the N2 PDU
  • the session request is sent to the access network device. At this time, it can be understood that neither the SM context request nor the N1N2 transmission message contains the first indication information.
  • Embodiment 3 taking the relay terminal notifying the access network device that the first PDU session is a PDU session providing a relay service as an example, the solution 1 is exemplified.
  • the method provided in Embodiment 3 includes:
  • step 1201 is the same as step 1001.
  • step 1202 is the same as step 1102.
  • the access network device sends an RRC reconfiguration (RRC Reconfiguration) message to the relay terminal.
  • RRC Reconfiguration RRC Reconfiguration
  • the relay terminal receives the RRC reconfiguration message from the access network device.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is used to perform RRC reconfiguration.
  • the relay terminal sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the access network device, where the RRC reconfiguration complete message may carry the first indication information.
  • the access network device receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message from the relay terminal.
  • step 1106 the process for the access network device to obtain the AMBR of each session is similar to that of Embodiment 1. For details, please refer to Embodiment 1 for understanding, and will not be repeated.
  • the UDM stores the AMBR corresponding to the PDU session of each session attribute, and the PDU session of each session attribute corresponds to one AMBR as an example, and the above-mentioned scheme 1 + scheme 2 is exemplified.
  • the method provided in Embodiment 4 includes:
  • the relay terminal sends a registration (registration) request to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives the registration request from the relay terminal.
  • the registration request may include third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the relay terminal is capable of providing relay services (relay capability).
  • the AMF sends a user subscription data acquisition message to the UDM.
  • the UDM receives the user subscription data acquisition message from the AMF.
  • the user subscription data acquisition message carries third indication information.
  • the UDM sends a user subscription data acquisition response message to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives the user subscription data acquisition response message from the UDM.
  • the user subscription data acquisition response message may include the second AMBR of the relay terminal and the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal.
  • the second AMBR is the AMBR subscribed by the relay terminal.
  • the fourth AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the subscribed relay terminal.
  • step 1303 in the process of AM policy association between the AMF and the PCF, the PCF sends the second AMBR of the relay terminal and the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal to the AMF.
  • the AMF sends an NGAP message to the access network device.
  • the NGAP message may include the second AMBR of the relay terminal and the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal.
  • the SMF determines that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
  • Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2 for the method for SMF to determine that the first PDU session is used to provide the relay service.
  • the SMF sends an N1N2 transmission message to the AMF.
  • the N1N2 transmission message carries the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session.
  • the AMF receives the N1N2 transmission message from the SMF.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
  • the AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session.
  • the AMF sends an N2 PDU session request to the access network device, where the N2 PDU session request carries the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session.
  • the access network device receives the N2 PDU session request from the AMF.
  • the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session may be carried in the N2 SM info container in the N2 PDU session request.
  • the AMF and the access network equipment can communicate through the N2 interface.
  • the access network device will receive the AMBR corresponding to the PDU session. After the access network device receives the AMBR of all PDU sessions of the relay terminal, it determines which PDU sessions belong to the first group of PDU sessions. Which PDU sessions belong to the second group of PDU sessions, thereby determining the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions and the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions.
  • the access network device uses the third AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal, and also uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR
  • the sixth AMBR is the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR.
  • step 1308 For related description of step 1308, refer to step 702 and step 803 above.
  • the UDM stores the AMBR corresponding to the PDU session of each session attribute, and the PDU session of each session attribute corresponds to two AMBRs as an example, and the above-mentioned scheme 1 + scheme 2 is exemplified.
  • the method provided in Embodiment 5 includes:
  • the SMF sends a user subscription data acquisition message to the UDM.
  • the UDM receives the user subscription data acquisition message from the SMF.
  • the user subscription data acquisition message may carry fourth instruction information and fifth instruction information.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session attributes of the first PDU session.
  • the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
  • the UDM sends a user subscription data acquisition response message to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the user subscription data acquisition response message from the UDM.
  • the user subscription data acquisition response message may carry the AMBR of the first PDU session, and the AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session when the relay service is provided.
  • the SMF sends an N1N2 transmission message to the AMF.
  • the N1N2 transmission message carries the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session.
  • the AMF receives the N1N2 transmission message from the SMF.
  • the AMF sends an N2 PDU session request to the access network device, where the N2 PDU session request carries the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session.
  • the access network device receives the N2 PDU session request from the AMF.
  • the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session may be carried in the N2 SM info container in the N2 PDU session request.
  • the access network device uses the third AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal, and also uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR
  • the sixth AMBR is the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR.
  • step 1410 For related description of step 1410, refer to step 702 and step 803 above.
  • Example 6 the above-mentioned scheme 3 is exemplified.
  • the method provided in Embodiment 6 includes:
  • the AMF receives a registration update request from a relay terminal.
  • the relay terminal may send a registration update request to the AMF when the first remote terminal requests to establish a PDU session.
  • the registration update request may include the identification of the first remote terminal.
  • the AMF obtains the information of the AMBR (that is, the seventh AMBR) subscribed by the first remote terminal according to the identifier of the first remote terminal.
  • the AMF sends a user subscription data acquisition message to the UDM, and the user subscription data acquisition message may include the identifier of the first remote terminal.
  • the UDM receives the user subscription data acquisition message from the AMF, it determines the seventh AMBR, and carries the seventh AMBR in the user subscription data acquisition response message and sends it to the AMF.
  • the AMBR subscribed by the first remote terminal may be located in the subscription information of the first remote terminal stored in the UDM.
  • the AMF sends an NGAP message to the access network device.
  • the NGAP message may include the identification of the seventh AMBR and the first remote terminal.
  • the SMF determines that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
  • Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2 for the method for SMF to determine that the first PDU session is used to provide the relay service.
  • the first PDU session is used for the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal.
  • the SMF sends an N1N2 transmission message to the AMF.
  • the N1N2 transmission message carries the first indication information, the AMBR of the first PDU session, and the identifier of the first remote terminal.
  • the AMF receives the N1N2 transmission message from the SMF.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
  • the AMF sends an N2 PDU session request to the access network device.
  • the N2 PDU session request carries the first indication information, the AMBR of the first PDU session, and the identifier of the first remote terminal.
  • the access network device receives the N2 PDU session request from the AMF.
  • the first indication information, the AMBR of the first PDU session, and the identifier of the first remote terminal may be carried in the N2 SM info container in the N2 PDU session request.
  • the AMF and the access network equipment can communicate through the N2 interface.
  • the SMF can notify the access network device that the corresponding PDU session is the PDU session used to serve the remote terminal, and the access network device determines the relay terminal based on this information, which is used for the bearer
  • the PDU session of the data of the first remote terminal is further determined to determine the AMBR of the PDU session of the relay terminal used to carry the data of the first remote terminal.
  • the access network device uses the ninth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the ninth AMBR is the smaller value of the seventh AMBR and the eighth AMBR.
  • step 1507 For related descriptions of step 1507, refer to step 903 above.
  • FIG. 16 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a 4G system.
  • the 4G system may include: terminals, evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN), service gateway (serving gateway, SGW), packet data gateway (packet data network gateway) , PGW), mobility management network element (mobility management entity, MME), home subscriber server (home subscriber server, HSS), mobile switching center (mobile switching center, MSC), and policy and charging rules (policy and charging rules) function, PCRF) network element.
  • E-UTRAN evolved universal terrestrial radio access network
  • SGW serving gateway
  • packet data gateway packet data network gateway
  • PGW packet data gateway
  • mobility management network element mobility management network element
  • MME mobility management network element
  • home subscriber server home subscriber server
  • HSS home subscriber server
  • MSC mobile switching center
  • policy and charging rules policy and charging rules
  • the terminal is connected to E-UTRAN
  • E-UTRAN is connected to MME and SGW
  • SGW is connected to MME
  • PGW is physically connected to SGW and PCRF
  • MME is connected to E-UTRAN, SGW, HSS and MSC.
  • the PGW and PCRF entities can be connected to the operator’s IP services.
  • E-UTRAN may be composed of multiple access network equipment, and the access network equipment in the 4G system may be called an evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or eNodeB).
  • MME is similar to AMF in 5G system.
  • HSS is similar to UDM/UDR in 5G system.
  • PGW is similar to SMF in 5G system.
  • PCRF is similar to PCF in 5G system.
  • the access network equipment is responsible for controlling the data transmission rate of the terminal.
  • the MME is responsible for determining the AMBR of the terminal and instructing it to the access network equipment. Specifically, the MME may set the AMBR of the terminal to: the sum of the AMBRs corresponding to all Non-GBR bearers, and the smaller value of the AMBR subscribed by the terminal. It can be seen that there are similar problems in the 4G system as in the 5G system. If the terminal is a relay terminal, there is no distinction between the first group of bearers (Non-GBR bearers used to carry the data of the relay terminal) and the first group of the relay terminal. Two sets of bearers (Non-GBR bearers used to carry data of remote terminals served by the relay terminal).
  • Both sets of bearers are taken into account when determining the sum of AMBR corresponding to all Non-GBR bearers of the relay terminal. To accurately control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal, it is also impossible to accurately control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the access network equipment can only control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal (denoted as Plan 1), or it can only control the remote terminal serviced by the relay terminal.
  • the data transmission rate is controlled (denoted as scheme two), and the data transmission rate of each remote terminal can also be controlled (denoted as scheme three).
  • the AMBR of the relay terminal is determined by the MME. Any two of the schemes from scheme one to scheme three can be combined, and scheme one, scheme two and scheme three can also be combined by combining the corresponding schemes.
  • Solution 1 The access network equipment controls the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
  • the implementation process of scheme one includes:
  • the MME determines the first AMBR of the relay terminal.
  • the first AMBR is the sum of AMBRs corresponding to the first group of bearers of the relay terminal.
  • the first group of bearers is used to bear the data of the relay terminal.
  • the first group of bearers may include one or more bearers. If one bearer is included in the first group of bearers, the MME may determine the AMBR corresponding to the bearer as the first AMBR. If the first group of bearers includes multiple bearers, the MME may add the AMBRs corresponding to the multiple bearers to obtain the first AMBR.
  • the MME may determine other bearers except the second group of bearers as the first group of bearers.
  • the second group carries the data of the remote terminal used to carry the relay terminal service.
  • the relay terminal service remote terminal data please refer to the above solution 1. It is only necessary to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding, and will not be repeated.
  • the MME sends a third AMBR to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the third AMBR from the MME.
  • the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR.
  • the third AMBR may be determined by the MME.
  • the second AMBR is the AMBR (Subscribed UE-AMBR) subscribed by the relay terminal, that is, the upper limit of the sum of the transmission rates of the data carried by the Non-GBR of the subscribed relay terminal.
  • the method further includes: the HSS sends the second AMBR to the MME.
  • the MME receives the second AMBR from the HSS.
  • the MME may obtain the second AMBR in the relay terminal attachment procedure.
  • the relay terminal attachment process in the 4G system is similar to the relay terminal registration process in the 5G system.
  • the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by the relay terminal.
  • the MME further sends sixth indication information to the access network device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the third AMBR is an AMBR that controls the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
  • the access network device uses the third AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
  • the access network device uses the third AMBR to control the sum of the transmission rates of all the data carried by the Non-GBR of the relay terminal.
  • step 1703 For the specific implementation of step 1703, refer to the above step 702, which will not be repeated here.
  • the MME determines the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
  • the first AMBR only considers the AMBR corresponding to the first group of bearers, and does not consider the AMBR corresponding to the second group of bearers, thereby more accurately controlling the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
  • which bearers belong to the second group of bearers may be indicated to the MME by the relay terminal.
  • the MME may also have three ways to determine that the first bearer is used to provide the relay service.
  • the relay terminal sends first indication information to the MME, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first bearer is used to provide the relay service, and the MME determines that the first bearer is used to provide the relay service according to the first indication information.
  • the relay terminal sends the identity of the first remote terminal and the identity of the first bearer to the MME, and the MME determines that the first bearer is used to provide the relay service according to the identity of the first remote terminal and the identity of the first bearer.
  • the relay terminal sends a remote terminal report carrying the identifier of the first bearer to the MME, and the MME determines that the first bearer is used to provide the relay service according to the remote terminal report.
  • the MME also sends first indication information to the access network device, so that the access network device knows that the first bearer is used to carry the data of the remote terminal serving the relay terminal, so as to determine the data transmission rate of the relay terminal. control. It should be noted that if the PGW can obtain the first indication information, the PGW may also send the first indication information to the access network device.
  • the MME may also use a similar method to determine that the bearers are used to provide relay services. It is understandable that when determining the first AMBR, the MME needs to exclude all the bearers in the second group of bearers.
  • Scheme 2 The access network equipment controls the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the implementation process of scheme two includes:
  • the MME receives the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the HSS.
  • the relevant descriptions about the relay terminal, the remote terminal, the fourth AMBR, the data packet of the relay terminal, etc. can be found in the above scheme 2. It is only necessary to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding. Yes, I won’t repeat it.
  • the MME may obtain the subscription data of the relay terminal from the HSS in the attachment process of the relay terminal, and the subscription data of the relay terminal may include the fourth AMBR.
  • the MME may send an indication to the HSS that the relay terminal is capable of providing relay services, and the HSS sends the fourth AMBR to the MME according to the indication. Whether a terminal is capable of providing relay services can be indicated to the MME when the terminal is registered.
  • the MME sends the sixth AMBR to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the sixth AMBR from the MME.
  • the sixth AMBR is the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR.
  • the minimum value can be determined by the MME.
  • the fourth AMBR, the fifth AMBR, the sixth AMBR, etc. please refer to the above solution 2. It is only necessary to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding, and will not be repeated.
  • the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by the relay terminal.
  • the MME further sends seventh indication information to the access network device, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate that the sixth AMBR is an AMBR that controls the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the access network equipment uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • step 1803 When step 1803 is specifically implemented, refer to the above step 803, and only need to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding, and will not be repeated.
  • the MME determines the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the fifth AMBR only considers the AMBR corresponding to the second group of bearers, and does not consider the AMBR corresponding to the first group of bearers, so as to more accurately control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the process for the MME to determine the fifth AMBR includes:
  • the HSS sends the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer to the MME.
  • the MME receives the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer from the HSS.
  • the MME determines the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer.
  • the MME may obtain the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer from the HSS during the establishment of the first bearer.
  • the HSS stores the AMBR corresponding to the bearer of each attribute, and the AMBR corresponding to the bearer of each attribute has two cases:
  • the bearer of each attribute corresponds to two AMBRs, one AMBR is the corresponding AMBR when the bearer of this attribute is used to carry the data of the relay terminal, and the other AMBR is the bearer of this attribute is used to carry the service of the relay terminal.
  • the AMBR corresponding to the data of the remote terminal (that is, used to provide relay services).
  • the method further includes: the MME sends fourth indication information to the HSS, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the attribute of the first bearer.
  • the HSS receives the fourth indication information from the MME, and sends the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer to the MME according to the fourth indication information.
  • the method further includes: the MME sends the foregoing fourth indication information and fifth indication information to the HSS, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first bearer is used to provide the relay service .
  • the HSS receives the fourth indication information and the fifth indication information from the MME, and sends the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer to the MME according to the fourth indication information and the fifth indication information.
  • the MME may also use a similar method to obtain the AMBR corresponding to the bearer.
  • the MME may also use a method similar to the first bearer to determine the AMBR corresponding to the second bearer.
  • step 13) may include: the MME determines the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer and the AMBR corresponding to the second bearer.
  • the second group of bearers may also include other bearers.
  • the MME needs to calculate all the bearers in the second group of bearers.
  • Scheme 3 The access network equipment controls the data transmission rate of each remote terminal.
  • multiple bearers can carry data of one remote terminal served by the relay terminal, and one bearer can also carry data of multiple remote terminals served by the relay terminal.
  • multiple bearers can be used to bear the data of one remote terminal served by the relay terminal, but one bearer can only bear the data of one remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the implementation process of Scheme 3 includes:
  • the MME receives the seventh AMBR of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal from the HSS.
  • the MME may obtain the seventh AMBR from the HSS after receiving the attachment request or the remote terminal report sent by the relay terminal.
  • the MME sends the ninth AMBR to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the ninth AMBR from the MME.
  • the ninth AMBR is the smaller value of the seventh AMBR and the eighth AMBR.
  • the smaller value can be determined by the MME.
  • the eighth AMBR, the ninth AMBR, etc. please refer to the above solution 3. It is only necessary to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding, and will not be repeated.
  • the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by the relay terminal.
  • the MME further sends eighth indication information to the access network device, where the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the ninth AMBR is an AMBR that controls the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the eighth indication information may include the identification of the first remote terminal.
  • the access network device uses the ninth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • step 1903 For the specific implementation of step 1903, refer to the above step 903, and it is only necessary to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding, and will not be repeated.
  • the MME determines the smaller value of the seventh AMBR and the eighth AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the eighth AMBR only considers the bearer used to carry the data of the first remote terminal, so as to more accurately control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  • the MME obtains the second AMBR of the relay terminal from the HSS.
  • the MME may obtain the second AMBR of the relay terminal in the terminal attachment procedure.
  • the relay terminal sends a bearer resource modification request (request bearer resource modification) to the MME, and the bearer resource modification request carries the first indication information.
  • the MME receives the bearer resource modification request from the relay terminal, and the MME determines that the first bearer provides the relay service according to the first indication information in the bearer resource modification request.
  • the relay terminal sends a remote terminal report to the MME, and the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first bearer.
  • the MME receives the remote terminal report from the relay terminal, and determines that the first bearer provides the relay service according to the remote terminal report.
  • the MME determined the first AMBR.
  • the MME may determine that the first bearer belongs to the second group of bearers according to the first indication information. Using a similar method, the bearers in the second group of bearers can be determined, and then the first group of bearers can be determined. The MME may obtain the AMBR corresponding to each bearer from the HSS during the bearer establishment process in the first group of bearers, and then determine the first AMBR.
  • the MME sends an N2 request (N2request) to the access network device, and the N2 request can carry the third AMBR.
  • the access network equipment receives the N2 request from the MME.
  • the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR.
  • the third AMBR may be determined by the MME.
  • the N2 request may also carry first indication information.
  • the access network equipment controls the data transmission rate of the relay terminal according to the third AMBR.
  • the solutions in the 4G system there are few descriptions of the solutions in the 4G system, but it is understandable that the essential difference between the solutions in the 4G system and the solutions in the 5G system is that the access network equipment in the 5G system is determined The AMBR used to control the transmission rate of data.
  • the MME determines the AMBR used to control the transmission rate of data.
  • the solutions shown in the 5G system can all be applied to the 4G system, and only need to be replaced with the corresponding network elements and corresponding processes in the 4G system for understanding.
  • the smaller of the two values is taken as an example for exemplification. In actual implementation, other values may also be used.
  • the method for determining the value for example, taking the average or weighted average of the two values, etc., is not limited in this application.
  • each network element for example, access network equipment, relay terminal, SMF, AMF, UDM, MME, HSS, etc.
  • each network element for example, access network equipment, relay terminal, SMF, AMF, UDM, MME, HSS, etc.
  • each network element for example, access network equipment, relay terminal, SMF, AMF, UDM, MME, HSS, etc.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiments of the present application can divide the access network equipment, relay terminal, SMF, AMF, UDM, MME, HSS, etc. into functional units according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional unit can be divided corresponding to each function, or two One or more functions are integrated in one processing unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit. It should be noted that the division of units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 21 shows a schematic diagram of a possible structure of the communication device (denoted as the communication device 210) involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication device 210 includes a processing unit 2101 and a communication unit 2102.
  • a storage unit 2103 is further included.
  • the communication device 210 may be used to illustrate the structure of the access network equipment, relay terminal, SMF, AMF, UDM, MME, HSS, etc. in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processing unit 2101 is used to control and manage the actions of the access network device, for example, the processing unit 2101 is used to execute 701 and 702 in Figure 7, 802 and 803 in Figure 8, 902 and 903 in Figure 9, 1005 and 1006 in Figure 10, 1107 and 1108 in Figure 11, 1203-1205 in Figure 12, and Figure 13 1304, 1307, and 1308 in Figure 14, 1404, 1409, and 1410 in Figure 14, 1503, 1506, and 1507 in Figure 15, 1702 and 1703 in Figure 17, 1802 and 1803 in Figure 18, 1902 and 1902 in Figure 19 1903, 2004 and 2005 in FIG.
  • the processing unit 2101 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 2102, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 14.
  • the storage unit 2103 is used to store the program code and data of the access network device.
  • the processing unit 2101 is used to control and manage the actions of the relay terminal.
  • the processing unit 2101 is used to execute FIG. 10 1002 in Figure 11, 1102 and 1103 in Figure 11, 1202-1204 in Figure 12, 1301 in Figure 13, 1401 in Figure 14, 1501 in Figure 15, 2002 in Figure 20, and/or implementation of this application
  • the processing unit 2101 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 2102, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 14.
  • the storage unit 2103 is used to store the program code and data of the relay terminal.
  • the processing unit 2101 is used to control and manage the actions of the SMF.
  • the processing unit 2101 is used to execute 1003 and 1003 in FIG. 1004, 1104-1106 in Figure 11, 1305 and 1306 in Figure 13, 1405-1408 in Figure 14, 1504 and 1505 in Figure 15, and/or SMF in other processes described in the embodiments of this application Action performed.
  • the processing unit 2101 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 2102, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 15.
  • the storage unit 2103 is used to store the program code and data of the SMF.
  • the processing unit 2101 is used to control and manage the actions of the AMF.
  • the processing unit 2101 is used to execute 801 and 802, 901 and 902 in Figure 9, 1001-1005 in Figure 10, 1101 in Figure 11, 1201 in Figure 12, 1103, 1104, 1106 and 1107 in Figure 11, 1301-1304 in Figure 13, 1306 and 1307, 1401-1404, 1408, and 1409 in FIG. 14, 1501-1503, 1505, and 1506 in FIG. 15, and/or actions performed by AMF in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processing unit 2101 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 2102, for example, communicate with the relay terminal in FIG. 15.
  • the storage unit 2103 is used to store AMF program codes and data.
  • the processing unit 2101 is used to control and manage the actions of the UDM.
  • the processing unit 2101 is used to execute 801 in FIG. 901 in FIG. 9, 1302 and 1303 in FIG. 13, 1402, 1403, 1406, and 1407 in FIG. 14, and/or actions performed by the UDM in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processing unit 2101 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 2102, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 14.
  • the storage unit 2103 is used to store UDM program codes and data.
  • the processing unit 2101 is used to control and manage the actions of the MME.
  • the processing unit 2101 is used to execute 1701 and 1701 in FIG. 1702, 1801 and 1802 in FIG. 18, 1901 and 1902 in FIG. 19, 2001-2004 in FIG. 20, and/or actions performed by the MME in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processing unit 2101 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 2102, for example, communicate with the access network device in FIG. 20.
  • the storage unit 2103 is used to store the program code and data of the MME.
  • the processing unit 2101 is used to control and manage the actions of the HSS.
  • the processing unit 2101 is used to execute 1801 in FIG. 18, Actions performed by the HSS in 1901 in FIG. 19, 2001 in FIG. 20, and/or other processes described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processing unit 2101 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 2102, for example, communicate with the MME in FIG. 20.
  • the storage unit 2103 is used to store the program code and data of the HSS.
  • the communication device 210 may be a device, a chip or a chip system.
  • the processing unit 2101 may be a processor; the communication unit 2102 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, an input interface and/or an output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input interface may be an input circuit, and the output interface may be an output circuit.
  • the processing unit 2101 may be a processor, a processing circuit, a logic circuit, or the like.
  • the communication unit 2102 may be a communication interface, an input interface and/or an output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip or a chip system.
  • the integrated unit in FIG. 21 is implemented in the form of a software function module and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the medium includes several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • Storage media for storing computer software products include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks, etc., which can store program codes Medium.
  • the processing unit 2101 is a processor
  • the communication unit 2102 is a communication interface
  • the storage unit 2103 is a memory
  • the communication device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the communication device 220 shown in FIG. 22.
  • FIG. 22 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device may be an access network device, a relay terminal, SMF, AMF, UDM, MME, HSS, etc. herein.
  • the communication device 220 includes at least one processor 2201, a communication bus 2202, and at least one communication interface 2204.
  • a memory 2203 is also included.
  • the communication device 220 includes a processor 2201 and a communication interface 2204 as an example for drawing.
  • the processor 2201, the communication interface 2204, and the memory 2203 can communicate with each other through the communication bus 2202 to transfer control and/or data signals.
  • the memory 2203 is used to store computer programs, and the processor 2201 is used to download from the memory 2203. Call and run the computer program to control the communication interface 2204 to send and receive signals.
  • the processor 2201 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more An integrated circuit used to control the execution of the program of this application.
  • the communication interface 2204 may be any device such as a transceiver.
  • the processor 2201 may be a logic circuit, and the communication interface 2204 may include an input interface and/or an output interface.
  • the communication interface 2204 uses any device such as a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks.
  • the memory 2203 may be ROM or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, RAM or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or may be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory).
  • read-only memory EEPROM
  • compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM
  • optical disc storage including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital universal discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.
  • magnetic disks A storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory may exist independently, and is connected to the processor through the communication bus 2202. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 2203 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 2201 controls the execution.
  • the processor 2201 is configured to execute computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 2203, so as to implement the methods provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 2201 is used to control and manage the actions of the access network device, for example, the processor 2201 is used to execute 701 and 702 in Figure 7, 802 and 803 in Figure 8, 902 and 903 in Figure 9, 1005 and 1006 in Figure 10, 1107 and 1108 in Figure 11, 1203-1205 in Figure 12, and Figure 13 1304, 1307, and 1308 in Figure 14, 1404, 1409, and 1410 in Figure 14, 1503, 1506, and 1507 in Figure 15, 1702 and 1703 in Figure 17, 1802 and 1803 in Figure 18, 1902 and 1902 in Figure 19 1903, 2004 and 2005 in FIG.
  • the processor 2201 may communicate with other network entities through the communication interface 2204, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 14.
  • the memory 2203 is used to store program codes and data of the access network device.
  • the processor 2201 is used to control and manage the actions of the relay terminal.
  • the processor 2201 is used to execute FIG. 10 1002 in Figure 11, 1102 and 1103 in Figure 11, 1202-1204 in Figure 12, 1301 in Figure 13, 1401 in Figure 14, 1501 in Figure 15, 2002 in Figure 20, and/or implementation of this application
  • the processor 2201 may communicate with other network entities through the communication interface 2204, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 14.
  • the memory 2203 is used to store the program code and data of the relay terminal.
  • the processor 2201 is used to control and manage the actions of the SMF.
  • the processor 2201 is used to execute 1003 and 1003 in FIG. 1004, 1104-1106 in Figure 11, 1305 and 1306 in Figure 13, 1405-1408 in Figure 14, 1504 and 1505 in Figure 15, and/or SMF in other processes described in the embodiments of this application Action performed.
  • the processor 2201 may communicate with other network entities through the communication interface 2204, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 15.
  • the memory 2203 is used to store SMF program codes and data.
  • the processor 2201 is used to control and manage the actions of the AMF.
  • the processor 2201 is used to execute 801 and 802, 901 and 902 in Figure 9, 1001-1005 in Figure 10, 1101 in Figure 11, 1201 in Figure 12, 1103, 1104, 1106 and 1107 in Figure 11, 1301-1304 in Figure 13, 1306 and 1307, 1401-1404, 1408, and 1409 in FIG. 14, 1501-1503, 1505, and 1506 in FIG. 15, and/or actions performed by AMF in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 2201 may communicate with other network entities through the communication interface 2204, for example, communicate with the relay terminal in FIG. 15.
  • the memory 2203 is used to store AMF program codes and data.
  • the processor 2201 is used to control and manage the actions of the UDM.
  • the processor 2201 is used to execute 801 in FIG. 901 in FIG. 9, 1302 and 1303 in FIG. 13, 1402, 1403, 1406, and 1407 in FIG. 14, and/or actions performed by the UDM in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 2201 may communicate with other network entities through the communication interface 2204, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 14.
  • the memory 2203 is used to store UDM program codes and data.
  • the processor 2201 is used to control and manage the actions of the MME.
  • the processor 2201 is used to execute 1701 and 1701 in FIG. 1702, 1801 and 1802 in FIG. 18, 1901 and 1902 in FIG. 19, 2001-2004 in FIG. 20, and/or actions performed by the MME in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 2201 may communicate with other network entities through the communication interface 2204, for example, communicate with the access network device in FIG. 20.
  • the memory 2203 is used to store the program code and data of the MME.
  • the processor 2201 is used to control and manage the actions of the HSS.
  • the processor 2201 is used to execute 1801 in FIG. 18, Actions performed by the HSS in 1901 in FIG. 19, 2001 in FIG. 20, and/or other processes described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 2201 may communicate with other network entities through the communication interface 2204, for example, communicate with the MME in FIG. 20.
  • the memory 2203 is used to store the program code and data of the HSS.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any of the above-mentioned methods.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any of the above-mentioned methods.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the access network equipment, relay terminal, SMF, AMF, and UDM in the above embodiment; or, the communication system includes the access in the above embodiment.
  • Network access equipment, relay terminal, MME and HSS includes the access network equipment, relay terminal, MME and HSS.
  • words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish the same or similar items with substantially the same function and effect. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the quantity and order of execution, and words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the difference.
  • At least one refers to any one or a combination of any multiple
  • at least one refers to any one or a combination of any multiple.
  • at least one of A, B and C may include the following situations: 1A; 2B; 3C; 4A and B; 5A and C; 6B and C; 7A, B and C.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or includes one or more data storage devices such as servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the medium.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Telephonic Communication Services (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a communication method and apparatus, which relate to the technical field of communications. The method comprises: an access network device determining a first AMBR of a relay terminal; and the access network device controlling the transmission rate of data of the relay terminal by using a third AMBR, wherein the third AMBR is a smaller value in the first AMBR and a second AMBR; the first AMBR is the sum of AMBRs of a first group of PDU sessions of the relay terminal; the first group of PDU sessions is used for bearing data of the relay terminal; the second AMBR is the upper limit of the transmission rate of data of a subscribed relay terminal; the access network device is an access network device accessed by the relay terminal; and the relay terminal is used for providing a relay service for a remote terminal. Comparing the present application with the prior art, for the first AMBR, only the AMBRs of the first group of PDU sessions, rather than the AMBRs of a second group of PDU sessions, are taken into consideration, thereby more accurately controlling the transmission rate of data of a relay terminal.

Description

通信方法及装置Communication method and device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信技术是指两个对等的用户节点(例如,终端)之间直接进行通信的一种通信方式。D2D通信可以应用在视频聊天、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)等领域。The device-to-device (D2D) communication technology refers to a communication method in which two peer user nodes (for example, terminals) communicate directly. D2D communication can be applied in fields such as video chat, virtual reality (VR), and augmented reality (AR).
D2D通信的一种终端中继场景(即通过某个/某些终端为其他终端提供中继服务的场景)可参见图1,当终端1处于接入网设备的覆盖范围之外或终端1与接入网设备之间的信号质量较差时,终端1可以通过终端2进行辅助,与接入网设备进行通信,进而与核心网通信。具体的,通过终端1和终端2通信,终端2与接入网设备通信实现终端1与接入网设备通信,从而支持无法直接与接入网设备通信的终端与接入网设备以及核心网的通信。A terminal relay scenario of D2D communication (that is, a scenario where a certain terminal/certain terminals provide relay services to other terminals) can be seen in Figure 1. When terminal 1 is outside the coverage of the access network equipment or terminal 1 and When the signal quality between the access network devices is poor, the terminal 1 can be assisted by the terminal 2 to communicate with the access network device, and then communicate with the core network. Specifically, the terminal 1 communicates with the terminal 2, and the terminal 2 communicates with the access network device to realize the communication between the terminal 1 and the access network device, thereby supporting the communication between the terminal and the access network device and the core network that cannot directly communicate with the access network device. Communication.
在终端中继场景中,通过非直接通信(indirect communication)连接到接入网设备的终端可以称为远端用户设备(user equipment,UE)(remote UE),例如,终端1。用于支持远端UE与接入网设备非直接通信的,或者说,用于为远端UE提供中继服务的终端,称为中继用户设备(relay UE),例如,终端2。In a terminal relay scenario, a terminal connected to an access network device through indirect communication (indirect communication) may be called a remote user equipment (user equipment, UE) (remote UE), for example, terminal 1. A terminal used to support indirect communication between a remote UE and an access network device, or in other words, a terminal used to provide a relay service for a remote UE, is called a relay UE, for example, terminal 2.
在终端中继场景下,接入网设备如何对数据的传输速率进行精确的控制,是一个亟待解决的问题。In the terminal relay scenario, how to accurately control the data transmission rate by the access network device is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法及装置,用于对终端中继场景中数据的传输速率进行更加精确的控制。The embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which are used to more accurately control the data transmission rate in a terminal relay scenario.
为达到上述目的,本申请实施例提供如下技术方案:In order to achieve the foregoing objectives, the embodiments of the present application provide the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:接入网设备确定中继终端的第一AMBR;接入网设备采用第三AMBR对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。其中,接入网设备为中继终端接入的接入网设备,中继终端用于为远程终端提供中继服务,第三AMBR为第一AMBR和第二AMBR中的较小值,第一AMBR为中继终端的第一组PDU会话的AMBR之和,第一组PDU会话用于承载中继终端的数据,第二AMBR为签约的中继终端的数据的传输速率的上限。第一方面提供的方法,接入网设备将第一AMBR和第二AMBR中的较小值,确定为用于控制中继终端的数据的传输速率的AMBR。与现有技术相比,第一AMBR仅仅考虑了第一组PDU会话的AMBR,未考虑第二组PDU会话的AMBR,从而更加准确的对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, including: an access network device determines a first AMBR of a relay terminal; and the access network device uses a third AMBR to control a data transmission rate of the relay terminal. Among them, the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by the relay terminal, the relay terminal is used to provide relay services for the remote terminal, the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR, and the first AMBR is the sum of AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions of the relay terminal, the first group of PDU sessions is used to carry data of the relay terminal, and the second AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the subscribed relay terminal. In the method provided in the first aspect, the access network device determines the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal. Compared with the prior art, the first AMBR only considers the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions, and does not consider the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions, thereby more accurately controlling the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接入网设备从第一设备接收用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务的第一指示信息,第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务,第一组PDU会话不包括第一PDU会话,第一远程终端为中继终端服务的远程终端中的一个;接入网设备确定中继终端的第一AMBR,包括:接入网设备基于第一指示信息,确定中继终端的第一AMBR。该种可能的实现方式,接入网设备通过从第一设备接收第一指示信息,可以确定哪些PDU会话用于提供中继服务,进 而确定第一组PDU会话不包括哪些PDU会话,从而确定第一AMBR。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the access network device receives, from the first device, first indication information for indicating that the first PDU session is used for providing relay services, and the first PDU session is used for relaying The terminal provides a relay service for the first remote terminal, the first group of PDU sessions does not include the first PDU session, and the first remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal; the access network device determines the first relay terminal The AMBR includes: the access network device determines the first AMBR of the relay terminal based on the first indication information. In this possible implementation manner, by receiving the first indication information from the first device, the access network device can determine which PDU sessions are used to provide the relay service, and then determine which PDU sessions are not included in the first group of PDU sessions, thereby determining the first group of PDU sessions. One AMBR.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接入网设备从第一设备接收用于指示第二PDU会话用于提供中继服务的第二指示信息,第二PDU会话用于中继终端为第二远程终端提供中继服务,第一组PDU会话还不包括第二PDU会话,第二远程终端为中继终端服务的远程终端中的一个;接入网设备基于第一指示信息,确定中继终端的第一AMBR,包括:接入网设备基于第一指示信息和第二指示信息,确定第一AMBR。该种可能的实现方式,接入网设备通过从第一设备接收第一指示信息和第二指示信息,可以确定哪些PDU会话用于提供中继服务,进而确定第一组PDU会话不包括哪些PDU会话,从而确定第一AMBR。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the access network device receives from the first device second indication information for indicating that the second PDU session is used for providing relay services, and the second PDU session is used for relaying The terminal provides a relay service for the second remote terminal, the first group of PDU sessions does not include the second PDU session, and the second remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal; the access network device is based on the first indication information, Determining the first AMBR of the relay terminal includes: the access network device determines the first AMBR based on the first indication information and the second indication information. In this possible implementation manner, the access network device can determine which PDU sessions are used to provide relay services by receiving the first indication information and the second indication information from the first device, and then determine which PDUs are not included in the first group of PDU sessions Session to determine the first AMBR.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备为SMF或AMF或中继终端。In a possible implementation manner, the first device is an SMF or AMF or a relay terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接入网设备从AMF接收中继终端的第四AMBR,第四AMBR为签约的中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的上限;接入网设备采用第六AMBR对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制;其中,第六AMBR为第四AMBR和第五AMBR中的较小值,第五AMBR为中继终端的第二组PDU会话的AMBR之和,第二组PDU会话用于承载中继终端服务的远程终端的数据。该种可能的实现方式,接入网设备将第四AMBR和第五AMBR中的较小值,确定为用于控制中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的AMBR。第五AMBR仅仅考虑了第二组PDU会话的AMBR,未考虑第一组PDU会话的AMBR,从而更加准确的对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: the access network device receives a fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the AMF, where the fourth AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the subscribed relay terminal; The access network equipment uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal; among them, the sixth AMBR is the smaller of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR, and the fifth AMBR is the relay terminal The sum of the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions. The second group of PDU sessions is used to carry the data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal. In this possible implementation manner, the access network device determines the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal. The fifth AMBR only considers the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions, and does not consider the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions, so as to more accurately control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接入网设备从SMF接收第一PDU会话的AMBR;接入网设备基于第一PDU会话的AMBR确定第五AMBR。该种可能的实现方式,接入网设备可以确定第二组PDU会话中的PDU会话的AMBR,从而可以确定第五AMBR。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the access network device receives the AMBR of the first PDU session from the SMF; and the access network device determines the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR of the first PDU session. In this possible implementation manner, the access network device can determine the AMBR of the PDU session in the second group of PDU sessions, so that the fifth AMBR can be determined.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:接入网设备从AMF接收中继终端的第四AMBR,第四AMBR为签约的中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的上限;接入网设备采用第六AMBR对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制;其中,第六AMBR为第四AMBR和第五AMBR中的较小值,第五AMBR为中继终端的第二组PDU会话的AMBR之和,第二组PDU会话用于承载中继终端服务的远程终端的数据。第二方面提供的方法,接入网设备将第四AMBR和第五AMBR中的较小值,确定为用于控制中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的AMBR。第五AMBR仅仅考虑了第二组PDU会话的AMBR,未考虑第一组PDU会话的AMBR,从而更加准确的对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, including: an access network device receives a fourth AMBR of a relay terminal from an AMF, where the fourth AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the subscribed relay terminal; The network access equipment uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal; among them, the sixth AMBR is the smaller of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR, and the fifth AMBR is the relay terminal’s The sum of the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions. The second group of PDU sessions is used to carry the data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal. In the method provided by the second aspect, the access network device determines the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal. The fifth AMBR only considers the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions, and does not consider the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions, so as to more accurately control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接入网设备从SMF接收第一PDU会话的AMBR;接入网设备基于第一PDU会话的AMBR确定第五AMBR。该种可能的实现方式,接入网设备可以确定第二组PDU会话中的PDU会话的AMBR,从而可以确定第五AMBR。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the access network device receives the AMBR of the first PDU session from the SMF; and the access network device determines the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR of the first PDU session. In this possible implementation manner, the access network device can determine the AMBR of the PDU session in the second group of PDU sessions, so that the fifth AMBR can be determined.
第三方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:第一设备获取用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务的第一指示信息,并向接入网设备发送第一指示信息。其中,接入网设备为中继终端接入的接入网设备,第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务。第三方面提供的方法,第一设备通过向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,可以使得接入网设备确定哪些PDU会话用于提供中继服务。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a first device obtains first indication information for indicating that a first PDU session is used to provide a relay service, and sends the first indication information to an access network device. The access network device is an access network device accessed by the relay terminal, and the first PDU session is used by the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal. In the method provided by the third aspect, the first device can enable the access network device to determine which PDU sessions are used to provide the relay service by sending the first indication information to the access network device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备为SMF或AMF或中继终端。In a possible implementation manner, the first device is an SMF or AMF or a relay terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第一设备为SMF或AMF的情况下,第一设备获取第一指示信息,包括:第一设备从中继终端接收第一指示信息;或者,第一设备从中继终端接收第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识,并根据第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识确定第一指示信息;或者,第一设备从中继终端接收远程终端报告,并根据远程终端报告确定第一指示信息,远程终端报告携带第一PDU会话的标识。该种可能的实现方式,提供了多种第一设备获取第一指示信息的方式。In a possible implementation manner, when the first device is SMF or AMF, acquiring the first indication information by the first device includes: the first device receives the first indication information from the relay terminal; or, the first device receives the first indication information from the relay terminal. The subsequent terminal receives the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session, and determines the first indication information according to the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session; or, the first device receives the remote terminal report from the relay terminal , And determine the first indication information according to the remote terminal report, and the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first PDU session. This possible implementation manner provides multiple ways for the first device to obtain the first indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备从中继终端接收第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识,并根据第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识确定第一指示信息,包括:第一设备从中继终端接收消息,消息中携带第一远程终端的标识、中继终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识;第一设备根据第一远程终端的标识、中继终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识确定第一指示信息。该种可能的实现方式,提供了一种第一设备更具体的根据第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识确定第一指示信息的方式。In a possible implementation manner, the first device receives the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session from the relay terminal, and determines the first indication information according to the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session , Including: the first device receives a message from the relay terminal, the message carries the identity of the first remote terminal, the identity of the relay terminal, and the identity of the first PDU session; the first device according to the identity of the first remote terminal, the identity of the relay terminal The identifier and the identifier of the first PDU session determine the first indication information. This possible implementation manner provides a more specific manner for the first device to determine the first indication information according to the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第一设备为中继终端的情况下,第一设备向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,包括:第一设备通过RRC消息向接入网设备发送第一指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, when the first device is a relay terminal, sending the first indication information to the access network device by the first device includes: the first device sends the first indication information to the access network device through an RRC message. One instruction information.
第四方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:中继终端建立第一PDU会话,第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;中继终端通知第一设备中继终端通过第一PDU会话为第一远程终端提供中继服务,第一设备为SMF或AMF。第四方面提供的方法,提供了一种使得SMF确定第一指示信息的方法。In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a relay terminal establishes a first PDU session, the first PDU session is used by the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal; the relay terminal notifies the first device to relay The terminal provides a relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session, and the first device is SMF or AMF. The method provided by the fourth aspect provides a method for making the SMF determine the first indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,中继终端通知第一设备中继终端通过第一PDU会话为第一远程终端提供中继服务,包括:中继终端向第一设备第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识。该种可能的实现方式,提供了一种更具体的使得SMF确定第一指示信息的方法。In a possible implementation manner, the relay terminal notifies the first device that the relay terminal provides a relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session, including: the relay terminal provides the first remote terminal identification of the first device to the first remote terminal and The identifier of the first PDU session. This possible implementation provides a more specific method for the SMF to determine the first indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,中继终端通知第一设备中继终端通过第一PDU会话为第一远程终端提供中继服务,包括:中继终端向第一设备发送消息,消息中携带第一远程终端的标识、中继终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识。该种可能的实现方式,提供了一种更具体的使得SMF确定第一指示信息的方法。In a possible implementation manner, the relay terminal notifying the first device that the relay terminal provides the relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session includes: the relay terminal sends a message to the first device, and the message carries the first device. An identifier of a remote terminal, an identifier of a relay terminal, and an identifier of the first PDU session. This possible implementation provides a more specific method for the SMF to determine the first indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,中继终端通知第一设备中继终端通过第一PDU会话为第一远程终端提供中继服务,包括:中继终端向第一设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于为第一远程终端提供中继服务。该种可能的实现方式,提供了一种更具体的使得SMF确定第一指示信息的方法。In a possible implementation manner, the relay terminal notifying the first device that the relay terminal provides a relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session includes: the relay terminal sends the first indication information to the first device, and An indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal. This possible implementation provides a more specific method for the SMF to determine the first indication information.
第五方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:中继终端建立第一PDU会话,第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;中继终端向第一设备发送远程终端报告,远程终端报告携带第一PDU会话的标识,第一设备为SMF或AMF。第五方面提供的方法,提供了再一种使得SMF确定第一指示信息的方法。In a fifth aspect, a communication method is provided, including: a relay terminal establishes a first PDU session, where the first PDU session is used by the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal; and the relay terminal sends a remote The terminal report, the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first PDU session, and the first device is SMF or AMF. The method provided in the fifth aspect provides yet another method for the SMF to determine the first indication information.
第六方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:AMF从PCF接收中继终端的第四AMBR,中继终端用于为远程终端提供中继服务,第四AMBR为签约的中继终端服务的远程终端 的数据的传输速率的上限;AMF向接入网设备发送中继终端的第四AMBR,接入网设备为中继终端接入的接入网设备。第六方面提供的方法,提供了一种使得接入网设备确定签约的中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的上限的方法。In a sixth aspect, a communication method is provided, including: the AMF receives a fourth AMBR of a relay terminal from a PCF, the relay terminal is used to provide a relay service for the remote terminal, and the fourth AMBR is a remote service for the subscribed relay terminal The upper limit of the data transmission rate of the terminal; the AMF sends the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal to the access network device, and the access network device is the access network device accessed by the relay terminal. The method provided in the sixth aspect provides a method for enabling the access network device to determine the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the subscribed relay terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:AMF向PCF发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示中继终端具备提供中继服务的能力。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the AMF sends third indication information to the PCF, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the relay terminal is capable of providing relay services.
第七方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:SMF从UDM接收第一PDU会话的AMBR,第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;SMF向接入网设备发送第一PDU会话的AMBR。第七方面提供的方法,提供了一种使得接入网设备确定PDU会话的AMBR的方法。In a seventh aspect, a communication method is provided, including: SMF receives the AMBR of a first PDU session from UDM, the first PDU session is used by a relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal; and the SMF is sent to an access network device AMBR of the first PDU session. The method provided in the seventh aspect provides a method for the access network device to determine the AMBR of the PDU session.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一PDU会话的AMBR为第一PDU会话在提供中继服务时对应的AMBR,该方法还包括:SMF向UDM发送第四指示信息和第五指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话的会话属性,第五指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务。该种可能的实现方式,提供了更具体的一种使得接入网设备确定PDU会话的AMBR的方法。In a possible implementation manner, the AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session when the relay service is provided. The method further includes: SMF sends fourth and fifth indication information to UDM, and the first The fourth indication information is used to indicate the session attributes of the first PDU session, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service. This possible implementation provides a more specific method for the access network device to determine the AMBR of the PDU session.
第八方面,提供了一种通信方法,包括:UDM从SMF接收第四指示信息和第五指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话的会话属性,第五指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务,第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;UDM根据第四指示信息和第五指示信息向SMF发送第一PDU会话的AMBR,第一PDU会话的AMBR为第一PDU会话在提供中继服务时对应的AMBR。第八方面提供的方法,提供了一种使得SMF确定PDU会话的AMBR的方法。In an eighth aspect, a communication method is provided, including: UDM receives fourth indication information and fifth indication information from SMF, the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session attribute of the first PDU session, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate the first PDU session. One PDU session is used to provide relay services, and the first PDU session is used to relay terminals to provide relay services to the first remote terminal; UDM sends the AMBR of the first PDU session to the SMF according to the fourth indication information and the fifth indication information, The AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session when the relay service is provided. The method provided by the eighth aspect provides a method for making the SMF determine the AMBR of the PDU session.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理单元;处理单元,用于确定中继终端的第一AMBR,通信装置为中继终端接入的通信装置,中继终端用于为远程终端提供中继服务,第一AMBR为中继终端的第一组PDU会话的AMBR之和,第一组PDU会话用于承载中继终端的数据;处理单元,还用于采用第三AMBR对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制;其中,第三AMBR为第一AMBR和第二AMBR中的较小值,第二AMBR为签约的中继终端的数据的传输速率的上限。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processing unit; a processing unit for determining a first AMBR of a relay terminal, the communication device is a communication device accessed by the relay terminal, and the relay terminal is a remote terminal Provide relay service, the first AMBR is the sum of the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions of the relay terminal, the first group of PDU sessions is used to carry the data of the relay terminal; the processing unit is also used to use the third AMBR to relay The data transmission rate of the terminal is controlled; where the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR, and the second AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the subscribed relay terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该装置还包括:通信单元;通信单元,用于从第一设备接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务,第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务,第一组PDU会话不包括第一PDU会话,第一远程终端为中继终端服务的远程终端中的一个;处理单元,具体用于:基于第一指示信息,确定中继终端的第一AMBR。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus further includes: a communication unit; the communication unit is configured to receive first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service, The first PDU session is used by the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal, the first group of PDU sessions does not include the first PDU session, and the first remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal; the processing unit, It is specifically used to determine the first AMBR of the relay terminal based on the first indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信单元,还用于从第一设备接收第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第二PDU会话用于提供中继服务,第二PDU会话用于中继终端为第二远程终端提供中继服务,第一组PDU会话还不包括第二PDU会话,第二远程终端为中继终端服务的远程终端中的一个;处理单元,具体用于:基于第一指示信息和第二指示信息,确定第一AMBR。In a possible implementation manner, the communication unit is further configured to receive second indication information from the first device, the second indication information is used to indicate that the second PDU session is used for providing relay services, and the second PDU session is used for middle After the terminal provides a relay service for the second remote terminal, the first group of PDU sessions does not include the second PDU session, and the second remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal; the processing unit is specifically configured to: One indication information and second indication information determine the first AMBR.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备为SMF或AMF或中继终端。In a possible implementation manner, the first device is an SMF or AMF or a relay terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信单元,还用于从AMF接收中继终端的第四AMBR,第四AMBR为签约的中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的上限;处理单元,还 用于采用第六AMBR对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制;其中,第六AMBR为第四AMBR和第五AMBR中的较小值,第五AMBR为中继终端的第二组PDU会话的AMBR之和,第二组PDU会话用于承载中继终端服务的远程终端的数据。In a possible implementation manner, the communication unit is further configured to receive the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the AMF, where the fourth AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the subscribed relay terminal; the processing unit, It is also used to use the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal; where the sixth AMBR is the smaller of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR, and the fifth AMBR is the relay terminal’s The sum of the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions. The second group of PDU sessions is used to carry the data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信单元,还用于从SMF接收第一PDU会话的AMBR;处理单元,还用于基于第一PDU会话的AMBR确定第五AMBR。In a possible implementation manner, the communication unit is further configured to receive the AMBR of the first PDU session from the SMF; the processing unit is further configured to determine the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR of the first PDU session.
第十方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:通信单元和处理单元;通信单元,还用于从AMF接收中继终端的第四AMBR,第四AMBR为签约的中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的上限;处理单元,还用于采用第六AMBR对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制;其中,第六AMBR为第四AMBR和第五AMBR中的较小值,第五AMBR为中继终端的第二组PDU会话的AMBR之和,第二组PDU会话用于承载中继终端服务的远程终端的数据。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a communication unit and a processing unit; the communication unit is further configured to receive a fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the AMF, and the fourth AMBR is the remote terminal serviced by the subscribed relay terminal. The upper limit of the data transmission rate; the processing unit is also used to use the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal; where the sixth AMBR is the smaller of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR Value, the fifth AMBR is the sum of the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions of the relay terminal, and the second group of PDU sessions is used to carry data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信单元,还用于从SMF接收第一PDU会话的AMBR;处理单元,还用于基于第一PDU会话的AMBR确定第五AMBR。In a possible implementation manner, the communication unit is further configured to receive the AMBR of the first PDU session from the SMF; the processing unit is further configured to determine the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR of the first PDU session.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理单元和通信单元;处理单元,用于获取第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务,第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;通信单元,用于向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,接入网设备为中继终端接入的接入网设备。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processing unit and a communication unit; the processing unit is configured to obtain first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service; A PDU session is used for the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal; the communication unit is used for sending the first indication information to the access network device, and the access network device is the access network device accessed by the relay terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置为SMF或AMF或中继终端。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device is an SMF or AMF or a relay terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在通信装置为SMF或AMF的情况下,处理单元,具体用于:通过通信单元从中继终端接收第一指示信息;或者,通过通信单元从中继终端接收第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识,并根据第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识确定第一指示信息;或者,通过通信单元从中继终端接收远程终端报告,并根据远程终端报告确定第一指示信息,远程终端报告携带第一PDU会话的标识。In a possible implementation manner, when the communication device is SMF or AMF, the processing unit is specifically configured to: receive the first indication information from the relay terminal through the communication unit; or, receive the first indication information from the relay terminal through the communication unit. The identifier of the remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session, and the first indication information is determined according to the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session; or, the remote terminal report is received from the relay terminal through the communication unit, and the remote terminal report is The report confirms the first indication information, and the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first PDU session.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元,具体用于:通过通信单元从中继终端接收消息,消息中携带第一远程终端的标识、中继终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识;根据第一远程终端的标识、中继终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识确定第一指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is specifically configured to: receive a message from the relay terminal through the communication unit, and the message carries the identity of the first remote terminal, the identity of the relay terminal, and the identity of the first PDU session; The identifier of a remote terminal, the identifier of the relay terminal, and the identifier of the first PDU session determine the first indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在通信装置为中继终端的情况下,通信单元,具体用于:通过RRC消息向接入网设备发送第一指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, when the communication device is a relay terminal, the communication unit is specifically configured to: send the first indication information to the access network device through an RRC message.
第十二方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理单元和通信单元;处理单元,用于建立第一PDU会话,第一PDU会话用于通信装置为第一远程终端提供中继服务;通信单元,用于通知第一设备通信装置通过第一PDU会话为第一远程终端提供中继服务,第一设备为SMF或AMF。In a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processing unit and a communication unit; the processing unit is configured to establish a first PDU session, and the first PDU session is used by the communication device to provide a relay service for a first remote terminal; communication The unit is used to notify the first device that the communication device provides a relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session, and the first device is SMF or AMF.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信单元,具体用于:向第一设备发送第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识。In a possible implementation manner, the communication unit is specifically configured to send the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session to the first device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信单元,具体用于:向第一设备发送消息,消息中携带第一远程终端的标识、通信装置的标识和第一PDU会话的标识。In a possible implementation manner, the communication unit is specifically configured to send a message to the first device, and the message carries the identifier of the first remote terminal, the identifier of the communication device, and the identifier of the first PDU session.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信单元,具体用于:向第一设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于为第一远程终端提供中继服务。In a possible implementation manner, the communication unit is specifically configured to send first indication information to the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理单元和通信单元;处理单元,用 于建立第一PDU会话,通信装置通过第一PDU会话为第一远程终端提供中继服务;通信单元,用于向第一设备发送远程终端报告,远程终端报告携带第一PDU会话的标识,第一设备为SMF或AMF。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processing unit and a communication unit; a processing unit, configured to establish a first PDU session, and the communication device provides a relay service for a first remote terminal through the first PDU session; a communication unit , Used to send a remote terminal report to the first device, the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first PDU session, and the first device is SMF or AMF.
第十四方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理单元和通信单元;处理单元,用于通过通信单元从PCF接收中继终端的第四AMBR,中继终端用于为远程终端提供中继服务,第四AMBR为签约的中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的上限;处理单元,还用于通过通信单元向接入网设备发送中继终端的第四AMBR,接入网设备为中继终端接入的接入网设备。In a fourteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processing unit and a communication unit; the processing unit is configured to receive the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the PCF through the communication unit, and the relay terminal is configured to provide relays for the remote terminal Service, the fourth AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the subscribed relay terminal; the processing unit is also used to send the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal to the access network device through the communication unit, the access network device It is the access network equipment that the relay terminal accesses.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元,还用于通过通信单元向PCF发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示中继终端具备提供中继服务的能力。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to send third indication information to the PCF through the communication unit, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the relay terminal is capable of providing relay services.
第十五方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理单元和通信单元;处理单元,用于通过通信单元从UDM接收第一PDU会话的AMBR,第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;处理单元,还用于通过通信单元向接入网设备发送第一PDU会话的AMBR。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processing unit and a communication unit; the processing unit is configured to receive the AMBR of the first PDU session from the UDM through the communication unit, and the first PDU session is used to relay the terminal as the first The remote terminal provides a relay service; the processing unit is also used to send the AMBR of the first PDU session to the access network device through the communication unit.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一PDU会话的AMBR为第一PDU会话在提供中继服务时对应的AMBR,处理单元,还用于:通过通信单元向UDM发送第四指示信息和第五指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话的会话属性,第五指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务。In a possible implementation manner, the AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session when the relay service is provided. The processing unit is further configured to: send the fourth indication information and the fifth indication information to the UDM through the communication unit. Indication information, the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session attribute of the first PDU session, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
第十六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理单元和通信单元;处理单元,用于通过通信单元从SMF接收第四指示信息和第五指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话的会话属性,第五指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务,第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;处理单元,还用于根据第四指示信息和第五指示信息,通过通信单元向SMF发送第一PDU会话的AMBR,第一PDU会话的AMBR为第一PDU会话在提供中继服务时对应的AMBR。In a sixteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processing unit and a communication unit; the processing unit is configured to receive fourth instruction information and fifth instruction information from the SMF through the communication unit, and the fourth instruction information is used to indicate the first The session attribute of the PDU session, the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide relay services, and the first PDU session is used to provide relay services for the first remote terminal by the relay terminal; the processing unit is also used for The fourth indication information and the fifth indication information send the AMBR of the first PDU session to the SMF through the communication unit, and the AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session when the relay service is provided.
第十七方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器。处理器与存储器连接,存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,处理器执行存储器存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现第一方面至第八方面中任一方面提供的任意一种方法。示例性的,存储器和处理器可以集成在一起,也可以为独立的器件。若为后者,存储器可以位于通信装置内,也可以位于通信装置外。In a seventeenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor. The processor is connected to the memory, and the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so as to implement any one of the methods provided in any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect. Exemplarily, the memory and the processor may be integrated together, or may be independent devices. In the latter case, the memory may be located in the communication device or outside the communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,处理器包括逻辑电路,还包括输入接口和输出接口中的至少一个。示例性的,输出接口用于执行相应方法中的发送的动作,输入接口用于执行相应方法中的接收的动作。In a possible implementation manner, the processor includes a logic circuit, and also includes at least one of an input interface and an output interface. Exemplarily, the output interface is used to execute the sending action in the corresponding method, and the input interface is used to execute the receiving action in the corresponding method.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置还包括通信接口和通信总线,处理器、存储器和通信接口通过通信总线连接。通信接口用于执行相应方法中的收发的动作。通信接口也可以称为收发器。可选的,通信接口包括发送器和接收器中的至少一种,该情况下,发送器用于执行相应方法中的发送的动作,接收器用于执行相应方法中的接收的动作。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes a communication interface and a communication bus, and the processor, the memory, and the communication interface are connected through the communication bus. The communication interface is used to perform the sending and receiving actions in the corresponding method. The communication interface may also be called a transceiver. Optionally, the communication interface includes at least one of a transmitter and a receiver. In this case, the transmitter is used to perform the sending action in the corresponding method, and the receiver is used to perform the receiving action in the corresponding method.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置以芯片的产品形态存在。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device exists in the form of a chip product.
第十八方面,提供了一种芯片,包括:处理器和接口,处理器通过接口与存储器 耦合,当处理器执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使得第一方面至第八方面中的任意一个方面提供的任意一种方法被执行。In an eighteenth aspect, a chip is provided, including: a processor and an interface, the processor is coupled to the memory through the interface, and when the processor executes a computer program or instruction in the memory, any of the first to eighth aspects is Any one of the methods provided by one aspect is executed.
第十九方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括:上述第九方面至第十六方面提供的通信装置。According to a nineteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, including: the communication devices provided in the aforementioned ninth to sixteenth aspects.
第二十方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面至第八方面中任一方面提供的任意一种方法。In a twentieth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of the methods provided in any one of the first to eighth aspects.
第二十一方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面至第八方面中任一方面提供的任意一种方法。In a twenty-first aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which when the instructions are run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of the methods provided in any one of the first to eighth aspects.
第九方面至第二十一方面中的任一种实现方式所带来的技术效果可参见第一方面至第八方面中对应实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For the technical effects brought about by any one of the implementation manners of the ninth aspect to the twenty-first aspect, refer to the technical effects brought about by the corresponding implementation manners of the first aspect to the eighth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,在方案不矛盾的前提下,上述各个方面中的方案均可以结合。It should be noted that, provided that the solutions are not contradictory, the solutions in the above-mentioned aspects can be combined.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为一种终端中继场景示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a terminal relay scenario;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种PDU会话示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a PDU session provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的另一种PDU会话示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another PDU session provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种PDU会话和QoS流的关系示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a relationship between a PDU session and a QoS flow provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端中继场景示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another terminal relay scenario provided by an embodiment of the application;
图6为5G系统的架构示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of the 5G system;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8至图15分别为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的交互流程图;8 to 15 are respectively interaction flowcharts of a communication method provided by embodiments of this application;
图16为4G系统的架构示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of the 4G system;
图17至图20分别为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的交互流程图;17 to 20 are respectively interaction flowcharts of a communication method provided by embodiments of this application;
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的组成示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图22为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的硬件结构示意图。FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
在介绍本申请之前,首先对本申请实施例涉及的技术名词进行介绍说明。Before introducing this application, first introduce and explain the technical terms involved in the embodiments of this application.
1、协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话、服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(Flow)1. Protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session, quality of service (QoS) flow (Flow)
参见图2,PDU会话是终端和数据网络(data network,DN)之间的连接,用于提供PDU连接服务。其中,PDU会话类型可以是网络之间互连的协议(internet protocol,IP)连接、以太网连接或者非结构数据连接等。第五代(5th Generation,5G)系统的核心网支持的PDU连接服务,是指提供终端和由数据网络名称(data network name,DNN)确定的DN之间PDU交换的服务。终端可以发起建立一个或多个PDU会话,来连接到相同的DN或者不同的DN。例如,图2中,终端发起建立PDU会话1和PDU会话2,来连接到相同的DN。Referring to Figure 2, a PDU session is a connection between a terminal and a data network (data network, DN), and is used to provide PDU connection services. Among them, the PDU session type may be a protocol (Internet protocol, IP) connection, Ethernet connection, or unstructured data connection between networks. The PDU connection service supported by the core network of the fifth generation (5th Generation, 5G) system refers to a service that provides PDU exchange between a terminal and a DN determined by a data network name (DNN). The terminal can initiate the establishment of one or more PDU sessions to connect to the same DN or different DNs. For example, in Figure 2, the terminal initiates the establishment of PDU session 1 and PDU session 2 to connect to the same DN.
如图3所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种PDU会话的示意图。在图3中,终端发起建立了PDU会话1、PDU会话2和PDU会话3。其中,PDU会话1和PDU会话2通过不同的用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元连接到DN1,PDU会话3连接到DN2。本申请中描述的终端的PDU会话,可以理解为由终端触发建立的PDU会话。As shown in FIG. 3, it is a schematic diagram of a PDU session provided by an embodiment of this application. In Figure 3, the terminal initiates the establishment of PDU Session 1, PDU Session 2, and PDU Session 3. Among them, PDU session 1 and PDU session 2 are connected to DN1 through different user plane function (UPF) network elements, and PDU session 3 is connected to DN2. The PDU session of the terminal described in this application can be understood as a PDU session triggered by the terminal.
每个PDU会话具有对应的属性(下文中称为会话属性)。一个PDU会话的会话属性是指该PDU会话对应的DNN、切片类型等信息。示例性的,切片类型可以为单网络切片选择辅助信息(single network slice selection assistance information,S-NSSAI)等。示例性的,参见图2,若PDU会话1和PDU会话2分别对应不同的切片类型时,PDU会话1和PDU会话2的会话属性不同。Each PDU session has corresponding attributes (hereinafter referred to as session attributes). The session attributes of a PDU session refer to information such as the DNN and slice type corresponding to the PDU session. Exemplarily, the slice type may be single network slice selection assistance information (S-NSSAI), etc. Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 2, if PDU session 1 and PDU session 2 respectively correspond to different slice types, the session attributes of PDU session 1 and PDU session 2 are different.
QoS流是PDU会话中最精细的QoS区分粒度,一个QoS流标识(QoS flow identity,QFI)用于标识一个QoS流。一个PDU会话可以包括多个QoS流,每个QoS流可以承载多个业务。示例性的,如图4所示,一个PDU会话包含三条QoS流,分别为QoS流1,QoS流2和QoS流3。在一个QoS流中,不同业务的QoS是相同的。A QoS flow is the finest QoS differentiation granularity in a PDU session, and a QoS flow identity (QoS flow identity, QFI) is used to identify a QoS flow. A PDU session can include multiple QoS flows, and each QoS flow can carry multiple services. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 4, a PDU session includes three QoS flows, namely QoS flow 1, QoS flow 2, and QoS flow 3. In a QoS flow, the QoS of different services is the same.
2、协议数据网络(protocol data network,PDN)连接(connection或connectivity)、演进分组系统(evolved packet system,EPS)承载(以下简称承载)2. Protocol data network (protocol data network, PDN) connection (connection or connectivity), evolved packet system (evolved packet system, EPS) bearer (hereinafter referred to as bearer)
PDN连接为第四代(4th Generation,4G)系统内,终端上建立的一组承载的组合,这些承载具有相同的IP地址和接入点名称(access point name,APN),承载是4G系统内的数据传输通道。在终端和网络侧,通过IP地址和APN来标识一个PDN连接。The PDN connection is a combination of a set of bearers established on the terminal in the 4th Generation (4G) system. These bearers have the same IP address and access point name (APN). The bearer is in the 4G system The data transmission channel. On the terminal and network side, a PDN connection is identified by the IP address and APN.
默认(default)承载是指在建立PDN连接的同时建立的承载。专用(dedicated)承载是指在PDN连接建立后,为了满足特定QoS需求建立的承载。其中,一个PDN连接中可以包括多个专用承载和一个默认承载。The default bearer refers to a bearer that is established at the same time that the PDN connection is established. A dedicated bearer refers to a bearer established to meet specific QoS requirements after the PDN connection is established. Among them, a PDN connection may include multiple dedicated bearers and one default bearer.
其中,承载的属性可以为承载对应的APN。4G系统中的PDN连接类似于5G系统中的PDU会话,4G系统中的APN类似于5G系统中的DNN。Among them, the attribute of the bearer may be the APN corresponding to the bearer. The PDN connection in the 4G system is similar to the PDU session in the 5G system, and the APN in the 4G system is similar to the DNN in the 5G system.
3、保证比特速率(guaranteed bit rate,GBR)、不保证比特速率(non guaranteed bit rate,Non GBR)3. Guaranteed bit rate (guaranteed bit rate, GBR), non-guaranteed bit rate (non-guaranteed bit rate, Non GBR)
以5G系统为例,GBR是指系统保证QoS流的最小比特速率,即使在网络资源紧张的情况下,相应的比特速率也能够保持。Non-GBR是指在网络拥挤的情况下,承载或QoS流需要承受降低速率的要求,由于Non-GBR的QoS流不需要占用固定的网络资源,因而可以长时间地建立。Taking the 5G system as an example, GBR refers to the minimum bit rate that the system guarantees for QoS flows. Even when network resources are tight, the corresponding bit rate can be maintained. Non-GBR means that in the case of network congestion, the bearer or QoS flow needs to bear the requirement of reducing the speed. Since the QoS flow of Non-GBR does not need to occupy fixed network resources, it can be established for a long time.
在4G系统中,同样存在GBR和Non-GBR的概念,只需将5G系统的相应解释中的QoS流替换为承载即可。In the 4G system, the concepts of GBR and Non-GBR also exist, and it is only necessary to replace the QoS flow in the corresponding explanation of the 5G system with the bearer.
4、聚合最大比特速率(aggregate maximum bit rate,AMBR)4. Aggregate maximum bit rate (AMBR)
在5G系统中,存在终端的AMBR(UE-AMBR)、终端签约的AMBR(Subscribed-UE-AMBR)、会话的AMBR(Session-AMBR)等概念,以下分别进行介绍。In the 5G system, there are concepts such as terminal AMBR (UE-AMBR), terminal subscription AMBR (Subscribed-UE-AMBR), session AMBR (Session-AMBR), etc., which will be introduced separately below.
终端的AMBR定义了一个终端所有的Non-GBR的QoS流的比特速率之和的上限,也就是说,一个终端的所有Non-GBR的QoS流的比特速率之和不能大于终端的AMBR。终端的AMBR是实际上用于控制终端的所有Non-GBR的QoS流的比特速率之和的AMBR。The AMBR of a terminal defines the upper limit of the sum of the bit rates of all Non-GBR QoS streams of a terminal, that is, the sum of the bit rates of all Non-GBR QoS streams of a terminal cannot be greater than the AMBR of the terminal. The AMBR of the terminal is the AMBR that is actually used to control the sum of the bit rates of all Non-GBR QoS streams of the terminal.
终端签约的AMBR(Subscribed-UE-AMBR)是签约的、所有Non-GBR的QoS流的比特速率之和的上限,存储在统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)中。终端签约的AMBR用于确定终端的AMBR。The AMBR (Subscribed-UE-AMBR) subscribed by the terminal is the upper limit of the sum of the bit rates of all Non-GBR QoS streams subscribed, and is stored in unified data management (UDM). The AMBR subscribed by the terminal is used to determine the AMBR of the terminal.
会话的AMBR定义了一个PDU会话的所有Non-GBR的QoS流的比特速率之和的上限, 也就是说,一个PDU会话的所有Non-GBR的QoS流的比特速率之和不能大于该PDU会话的AMBR。根据PDU会话的会话属性不同,不同PDU会话的AMBR可能不同。The AMBR of a session defines the upper limit of the sum of the bit rates of all Non-GBR QoS flows of a PDU session, that is, the sum of the bit rates of all Non-GBR QoS flows of a PDU session cannot be greater than that of the PDU session. AMBR. According to the different session attributes of the PDU session, the AMBR of different PDU sessions may be different.
在4G系统中,同样存在终端的AMBR、终端签约的AMBR的概念,只需将5G系统的相应解释中的QoS流替换为承载进行理解即可。In the 4G system, there are also the concepts of AMBR of the terminal and AMBR of the terminal contract. It is only necessary to replace the QoS flow in the corresponding explanation of the 5G system with the bearer for understanding.
4G系统中还存在APN的AMBR的概念。与会话的AMBR类似的,APN的AMBR定义了一个APN的所有Non-GBR的承载的比特速率之和的上限,也就是说,一个APN的所有Non-GBR的承载的比特速率之和不能大于该APN的AMBR。不同APN的AMBR可能不同。本申请下文中的描述中,“承载对应的ANBR”是指“承载对应的APN的AMBR”。The concept of AMBR of APN also exists in the 4G system. Similar to the AMBR of the session, the AMBR of the APN defines the upper limit of the sum of the bit rates of all the non-GBR bearers of an APN, that is, the sum of the bit rates of all the non-GBR bearers of an APN cannot be greater than this APN's AMBR. The AMBR of different APNs may be different. In the following description of this application, "bearing the corresponding ANBR" means "bearing the AMBR of the corresponding APN".
基于对上述概念的理解,以下对本申请实施例提供的方法的相关内容进行介绍。Based on the understanding of the foregoing concepts, the following introduces the relevant content of the method provided in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的方法可以应用于终端中继场景中,尤其可以应用于L3中继的终端中继场景。在L3中继的终端中继场景中,远程终端利用中继终端的PDU会话传输数据,中继终端基于IP地址进行远程终端数据的转发。终端中继场景不限于图1所示的场景,还可以是其他的终端中继场景(例如,图5所示的场景),本申请不作限制。The method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a terminal relay scenario, and in particular, can be applied to a terminal relay scenario of L3 relay. In the terminal relay scenario of L3 relay, the remote terminal uses the PDU session of the relay terminal to transmit data, and the relay terminal forwards the data of the remote terminal based on the IP address. The terminal relay scenario is not limited to the scenario shown in FIG. 1, and may also be other terminal relay scenarios (for example, the scenario shown in FIG. 5), which is not limited in this application.
在终端中继场景中,中继终端与远程终端之间可以一对多通信(One to many communication)(即中继终端为多个远程终端提供中继服务),也可以一对一通信(One to one communication)(即中继终端为1个远程终端提供中继服务)。一对多通信对应于组播通信和广播通信,一对一通信对应于单播通信。In the terminal relay scenario, there can be one-to-many communication between the relay terminal and the remote terminal (that is, the relay terminal provides relay services for multiple remote terminals), or one-to-one communication (One-to-one communication). to one communication) (that is, the relay terminal provides relay services for 1 remote terminal). One-to-many communication corresponds to multicast communication and broadcast communication, and one-to-one communication corresponds to unicast communication.
在一对一通信中,若两个终端在近距离范围内,通过相互发现后可以直接通信。终端之间通过PC5接口进行通信,例如,通过PC5接口传输数据面和/或控制面的信息。终端与终端之间进行直接通信的通信链路可以称之为侧行链路(sidelink,SL)或者边链路。In one-to-one communication, if two terminals are within a short distance, they can communicate directly after discovering each other. The terminals communicate through the PC5 interface, for example, the data plane and/or control plane information is transmitted through the PC5 interface. The communication link for direct communication between the terminal and the terminal may be referred to as a side link (SL) or a side link.
其中,本申请实施例的技术方案具体可以应用于4G系统、基于4G系统演进的各种系统、5G系统、基于5G系统演进的各种系统中。Among them, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be specifically applied to 4G systems, various systems based on 4G system evolution, 5G systems, and various systems based on 5G system evolution.
以下以本申请实施例提供的方法应用在5G系统和4G系统中为例进行说明,具体通过以下第一部分和第二部分分别进行说明。其中,第一部分用于描述5G系统的架构、5G系统中存在的问题、5G系统中本申请实施例提供的方法的实现过程等,第二部分用于描述4G系统的架构、4G系统中存在的问题、4G系统中本申请实施例提供的方法的实现过程等。In the following, the method provided in the embodiments of the present application is applied to the 5G system and the 4G system as an example for description, and the specific description is made through the first part and the second part below. Among them, the first part is used to describe the architecture of the 5G system, the problems in the 5G system, the implementation process of the method provided in the embodiment of the application in the 5G system, etc., and the second part is used to describe the architecture of the 4G system and the existing problems in the 4G system. Problem, the implementation process of the method provided in the embodiment of the application in the 4G system, etc.
第一部分:5G系统Part 1: 5G system
图6示例性的示出了5G系统的一种网络架构示意图。在该示意图中,5G系统可以包括:鉴权服务器功能(authentication server function,AUSF)网元、接入和移动管理功能(core access and mobility management function,AMF)网元、DN、UDM网元、策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元、(无线)接入网((radio)access network,(R)AN)网元、UPF网元、终端(terminal)、应用功能(application function,AF)网元、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元,网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元,网络功能库功能(network function repository function,NRF)网元,统一数据库(unified data repository,UDR)网元。Fig. 6 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a 5G system. In this schematic diagram, the 5G system may include: authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network elements, access and mobility management function (core access and mobility management function, AMF) network elements, DN, UDM network elements, policies Control function (policy control function, PCF) network element, (radio) access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN) network element, UPF network element, terminal (terminal), application function (AF) Network element, session management function (SMF) network element, network exposure function (NEF) network element, network function repository function (NRF) network element, unified database (unified data repository) , UDR) network element.
需要说明的是,图6中的(R)AN网元、AMF网元、SMF网元、AUSF网元、UDM网元、UPF网元和PCF网元等仅是一个名字,名字对网元本身不构成限定。在5G网络以及未来其它的网络中,这些网元所对应的网元或设备也可以是其他的名字,本申请实 施例对此不作具体限定。例如,UDM网元还有可能被替换为用户归属服务器(home subscriber server,HSS)或者用户签约数据库(user subscription database,USD)或者数据库网元,等等,在此进行统一说明,以下不再赘述。It should be noted that (R) AN network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, AUSF network element, UDM network element, UPF network element and PCF network element in Figure 6 are only a name, and the name refers to the network element itself. Does not constitute a limitation. In 5G networks and other networks in the future, the network elements or devices corresponding to these network elements may also have other names, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of this application. For example, UDM network elements may also be replaced with user home server (home subscriber server, HSS) or user subscription database (USD) or database network elements, etc., which are uniformly explained here and will not be repeated here. .
为方便描述,在下文中将(R)AN网元、AMF网元、SMF网元、UDM网元、UPF网元、PCF网元等分别通过(R)AN、AMF、SMF、UDM、UPF、PCF等指代。For the convenience of description, in the following, (R)AN network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, UDM network element, UPF network element, PCF network element, etc. are respectively passed through (R)AN, AMF, SMF, UDM, UPF, PCF And so on.
图6中的终端、(R)AN、UPF和DN一般被称为用户面网元,用户的数据流量可以通过终端和DN之间建立的PDU会话进行传输,传输会经过(R)AN和UPF这两个网元。其中,用户面用于业务数据承载。图6中的其他网元则被称为控制面网元,主要负责认证和鉴权、注册管理、会话管理、移动性管理以及策略控制等功能,从而实现用户层流量可靠稳定的传输。其中,控制面用于承载信令消息。The terminal, (R)AN, UPF, and DN in Figure 6 are generally referred to as user plane network elements. User data traffic can be transmitted through the PDU session established between the terminal and DN, and the transmission will go through (R)AN and UPF These two network elements. Among them, the user plane is used for service data bearing. The other network elements in Figure 6 are called control plane network elements, which are mainly responsible for functions such as authentication and authentication, registration management, session management, mobility management, and policy control, so as to achieve reliable and stable transmission of user-level traffic. Among them, the control plane is used to carry signaling messages.
图6中展示了网元之间的交互关系以及对应的接口,例如UE和AMF之间可以通过N1接口进行交互,交互消息称为N1消息(Message)。部分接口采用服务化接口的方式实现。Figure 6 shows the interaction relationship between the network elements and the corresponding interface. For example, the UE and the AMF can interact through the N1 interface, and the interaction message is called the N1 message (Message). Part of the interface is implemented as a service interface.
图6中各个网元的功能如下:The functions of each network element in Figure 6 are as follows:
PCF,具备向控制面网元提供策略规则等功能。PCF has functions such as providing policy rules to control plane network elements.
UDM,具备管理用户的签约数据,生成用户的认证信息等功能。UDM has functions such as managing the user's contract data and generating user authentication information.
AF,可以是应用服务器,其可以属于运营商,也可以属于第三方。主要支持与第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)核心网交互来提供服务,例如影响数据路由决策,策略控制功能或者向网络侧提供第三方的一些服务。AF can be an application server, which can belong to an operator or a third party. It mainly supports the interaction with the 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) core network to provide services, such as influencing data routing decisions, policy control functions, or providing third-party services to the network side.
(R)AN,由多个接入网设备(也可以称为RAN节点)组成的网络,实现无线物理层功能、资源调度和无线资源管理、无线接入控制以及移动性管理功能,服务质量管理,数据压缩和加密等功能。接入网设备通过用户面接口N3和UPF相连,用于传送终端的数据。接入网设备通过控制面接口N2和AMF建立控制面信令连接,用于实现无线接入承载控制等功能。(R)AN, a network composed of multiple access network devices (also known as RAN nodes), which implements wireless physical layer functions, resource scheduling and wireless resource management, wireless access control and mobility management functions, and quality of service management , Data compression and encryption functions. The access network equipment is connected to the UPF through the user plane interface N3, and is used to transmit terminal data. The access network equipment establishes a control plane signaling connection with the AMF through the control plane interface N2, which is used to implement functions such as radio access bearer control.
AMF,主要负责信令处理部分,例如,终端的注册管理、终端的连接管理、终端的可达性管理、终端的接入授权和接入鉴权、终端的安全功能,终端的移动性管理,网络切片(network slice)选择,SMF选择,终端的附着与去附着等功能。AMF作为N1和N2信令连接的锚点并为SMF提供N1/N2接口会话管理(session management,SM)消息的路由;维护和管理终端的状态信息。AMF网元为终端中的会话提供服务的情况下,会为该会话提供控制面的存储资源,以存储会话标识、与会话标识关联的SMF的标识等。AMF is mainly responsible for the signaling processing part, such as terminal registration management, terminal connection management, terminal reachability management, terminal access authorization and access authentication, terminal security functions, terminal mobility management, Functions such as network slice selection, SMF selection, and terminal attachment and detachment. The AMF serves as the anchor point for the N1 and N2 signaling connection and provides the N1/N2 interface session management (SM) message routing for the SMF; maintains and manages terminal state information. When the AMF network element provides services for the session in the terminal, it will provide storage resources of the control plane for the session to store the session identifier, the SMF identifier associated with the session identifier, and so on.
SMF,主要负责终端会话管理的所有控制面功能,包括UPF的选择、控制以及重定向,IP地址分配及管理,会话的QoS管理,从PCF获取策略与计费控制(policy and charging control,PCC)策略,承载的建立、修改以及释放等。SMF还作为非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)消息中SM部分的终结点。SMF is mainly responsible for all control plane functions of terminal session management, including UPF selection, control and redirection, IP address allocation and management, session QoS management, and policy and charging control (PCC) obtained from PCF Strategies, bearer establishment, modification and release, etc. SMF is also used as the termination point of the SM part in the non-access stratum (NAS) message.
UPF,作为PDU会话连接的锚定点,负责对终端的数据报文过滤、数据传输/转发(例如,对接入网设备和DN之间交互的数据进行转发)、速率控制、生成计费信息、用户面QoS处理、上行传输认证、传输等级验证、下行数据包缓存及下行数据通知触发等。UPF还可以作为多宿主(multi-homed)PDU会话的分支点。UPF中为终端提供服务的传输资源和调度功能由SMF进行管理控制。UPF, as the anchor point of the PDU session connection, is responsible for the terminal's data message filtering, data transmission/forwarding (for example, forwarding the data exchanged between the access network device and the DN), rate control, generating billing information, User plane QoS processing, uplink transmission authentication, transmission level verification, downlink data packet buffering, and downlink data notification triggering. UPF can also be used as a branch point for multi-homed PDU sessions. The transmission resources and scheduling functions that provide services for terminals in UPF are managed and controlled by SMF.
终端可以是无线终端也可以是有线终端。无线终端可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。终端与接入网设备之间采用某种空口技术(如新空口(new radio,NR)技术或长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)技术)相互通信。终端与终端之间也可以采用某种空口技术(如NR技术或LTE技术)相互通信。无线终端可以经接入网设备与一个或多个核心网设备通信,如与AMF、SMF等进行通信。无线终端可以是移动终端,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)、智能电话、卫星无线设备、无线调制解调器卡以及具有移动终端的计算机,例如,可以是膝上型、便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与接入网设备交换语音和/或数据。示例性的,无线终端可以为个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、VR眼镜、AR眼镜、机器类型通信终端等设备。在车联网通信中,车辆上装载的通信设备是一种终端,路边单元(road side unit,RSU)也可以作为一种终端。无人机上装载的通信设备,也可以看做是一种终端。无线终端也可以称为UE、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)等。The terminal can be a wireless terminal or a wired terminal. A wireless terminal may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem. A certain air interface technology (such as a new radio (NR) technology or a long term evolution (LTE) technology) is used between the terminal and the access network equipment to communicate with each other. A certain air interface technology (such as NR technology or LTE technology) can also be used between terminals to communicate with each other. The wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core network devices via the access network device, such as communicating with AMF, SMF, etc. The wireless terminal can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone), a smart phone, a satellite wireless device, a wireless modem card, and a computer with a mobile terminal. For example, it can be a laptop, portable, pocket-sized, Handheld, built-in computer or vehicle-mounted mobile devices that exchange voice and/or data with access network equipment. Exemplarily, the wireless terminal may be a personal communication service (PCS) phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, and a personal digital Assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), VR glasses, AR glasses, machine type communication terminal and other equipment. In the vehicle networking communication, the communication equipment mounted on the vehicle is a kind of terminal, and the roadside unit (RSU) can also be used as a kind of terminal. The communication equipment mounted on the drone can also be regarded as a kind of terminal. The wireless terminal can also be called UE, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, access point, Access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), etc.
可以理解的是,除图6所示功能网元之外,5G网络的网络架构还可以包括其他功能网元。例如,在AF网元和PCF网元之间还可以包括网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元,可以用于交互网络内部和外部信息等。在本申请实施例中,网元也可以称为实体或设备等。It is understandable that in addition to the functional network elements shown in FIG. 6, the network architecture of the 5G network may also include other functional network elements. For example, a network exposure function (NEF) network element may also be included between the AF network element and the PCF network element, which may be used to exchange internal and external information of the network. In the embodiments of this application, the network element may also be referred to as an entity or a device.
目前,在5G系统的终端中继场景中,接入网设备采用中继终端的PDU会话的AMBR的总和,以及中继终端签约的AMBR中的较小值,对中继终端的数据的传输速率(例如,比特速率)进行控制。但是,中继终端的PDU会话可以分为两组,第一组PDU会话用于承载中继终端的数据,第二组PDU会话用于承载中继终端服务的远程终端的数据。按照目前的数据传输速率的控制方法,没有区分中继终端的第一组PDU会话和第二组PDU会话,在确定中继终端的PDU会话的AMBR的总和时将两组PDU会话都考虑了进去,既无法准确的对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制,也无法准确的对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。At present, in the terminal relay scenario of the 5G system, the access network equipment uses the sum of the AMBR of the PDU session of the relay terminal, and the smaller value of the AMBR subscribed by the relay terminal, to the data transmission rate of the relay terminal (E.g. bit rate) for control. However, the PDU sessions of the relay terminal can be divided into two groups. The first group of PDU sessions is used to carry data of the relay terminal, and the second group of PDU sessions is used to carry data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal. According to the current data transmission rate control method, there is no distinction between the first group of PDU sessions and the second group of PDU sessions of the relay terminal. Both groups of PDU sessions are taken into consideration when determining the sum of the AMBR of the relay terminal's PDU sessions. , Neither can accurately control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal, nor can it accurately control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
为了更加精确的控制数据传输速率,第一部分中提供了一种通信方法。在该通信方法中,接入网设备可以仅仅对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制(记为方案1),也可以仅仅对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制(记为方案2),还可以对每个远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制(记为方案3)。方案1至方案3中的任意两个方案都可以结合,方案1、方案2和方案3也可以结合,只需将对应的方案进行合并即可。In order to more accurately control the data transmission rate, a communication method is provided in the first part. In this communication method, the access network equipment can only control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal (denoted as scheme 1), or it can only control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal (denoted as As scheme 2), the data transmission rate of each remote terminal can also be controlled (denoted as scheme 3). Any two of the schemes 1 to 3 can be combined, and scheme 1, scheme 2 and scheme 3 can also be combined, and only the corresponding schemes need to be combined.
以下对方案1至方案3分别说明。The scheme 1 to scheme 3 are respectively explained below.
方案1:接入网设备对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。Solution 1: The access network equipment controls the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
参见图7,方案1的实现过程包括:Referring to Figure 7, the implementation process of Scheme 1 includes:
701、接入网设备确定中继终端的第一AMBR。701. The access network device determines the first AMBR of the relay terminal.
其中,接入网设备为中继终端接入的接入网设备,中继终端用于为远程终端提供中继服务。示例性的,中继终端可以为一个远程终端提供中继服务,也可以为多个远程终端提供中继服务。Among them, the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by the relay terminal, and the relay terminal is used to provide a relay service for the remote terminal. Exemplarily, the relay terminal may provide relay services for one remote terminal, or may provide relay services for multiple remote terminals.
其中,第一AMBR为中继终端的第一组PDU会话的AMBR之和。第一组PDU会话用于承载中继终端的数据。The first AMBR is the sum of the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions of the relay terminal. The first group of PDU sessions is used to carry the data of the relay terminal.
第一组PDU会话中可以包括一个或多个PDU会话。若第一组PDU会话中包括一个PDU会话,接入网设备可以将该PDU会话的AMBR确定为第一AMBR。若第一组PDU会话中包括多个PDU会话,接入网设备可以对这多个PDU会话的AMBR相加得到第一AMBR。The first group of PDU sessions may include one or more PDU sessions. If the first group of PDU sessions includes a PDU session, the access network device may determine the AMBR of the PDU session as the first AMBR. If the first group of PDU sessions includes multiple PDU sessions, the access network device may add the AMBRs of the multiple PDU sessions to obtain the first AMBR.
中继终端的数据可以包括终止于中继终端的数据和/或起始于中继终端的数据,但不包括为远程终端提供中继服务而转发的远程终端的数据。其中,终止于中继终端的数据是指中继终端从接入网设备接收的,并且不再向远程终端转发的数据。起始于中继终端的数据是指中继终端向接入网设备发送的,并且不是从远程终端接收的数据。The data of the relay terminal may include data that ends at the relay terminal and/or data that starts from the relay terminal, but does not include the data of the remote terminal that is forwarded to provide a relay service for the remote terminal. Among them, the data that terminates at the relay terminal refers to the data that the relay terminal receives from the access network device and is no longer forwarded to the remote terminal. The data starting from the relay terminal refers to the data sent by the relay terminal to the access network device, and is not the data received from the remote terminal.
702、接入网设备采用第三AMBR对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。702. The access network device uses the third AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
其中,第三AMBR为第一AMBR和第二AMBR中的较小值。第二AMBR为中继终端签约的AMBR,也就是签约的中继终端的数据的传输速率的上限。Wherein, the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR. The second AMBR is the AMBR subscribed by the relay terminal, that is, the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the subscribed relay terminal.
可选的,在步骤702之前,该方法还包括:AMF向接入网设备发送第二AMBR。相应的,接入网设备从AMF接收第二AMBR。Optionally, before step 702, the method further includes: the AMF sends the second AMBR to the access network device. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the second AMBR from the AMF.
示例性的,第二AMBR可以携带在下一代接口应用层协议(next generation application protocol,NGAP)消息(NGAP message)中。例如,初始上下文建立请求(initial context setup request)消息。Exemplarily, the second AMBR may be carried in a next generation application protocol (NGAP) message (NGAP message). For example, an initial context setup request (initial context setup request) message.
其中,AMF可以从UDM或PCF获取第二AMBR。Among them, AMF can obtain the second AMBR from UDM or PCF.
若AMF从UDM获取第二AMBR,AMF可以在中继终端的注册流程中,从UDM获取中继终端的签约数据,中继终端的签约数据中可以包括第二AMBR。若AMF从PCF获取第二AMBR,AMF可以在接入管理(access management,AM)策略关联(policy association)过程中,从PCF获取第二AMBR。其中,AM策略关联过程用于AMF从PCF获取和接入管理相关的策略信息。If the AMF obtains the second AMBR from the UDM, the AMF may obtain the subscription data of the relay terminal from the UDM in the registration process of the relay terminal, and the subscription data of the relay terminal may include the second AMBR. If the AMF obtains the second AMBR from the PCF, the AMF may obtain the second AMBR from the PCF in the access management (access management, AM) policy association (policy association) process. Among them, the AM policy association process is used by the AMF to obtain policy information related to access management from the PCF.
步骤702中,接入网设备采用第三AMBR对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制时,保证中继终端的数据的传输速率不大于第三AMBR,也就是保证在同一时刻,第一组PDU会话所承载的数据的总和不大于第三AMBR。In step 702, when the access network equipment uses the third AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal, it is ensured that the data transmission rate of the relay terminal is not greater than the third AMBR, that is, it is ensured that at the same time, the first group The sum of the data carried in the PDU session is not greater than the third AMBR.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的中继终端的数据具体为中继终端的所有Non-GBR的QoS流中的,用于承载中继终端的数据的Non-GBR的QoS流的数据,第一组PDU会话所承载的数据具体为第一组PDU会话中的所有Non-GBR的QoS流的数据。It should be noted that the data of the relay terminal in the embodiment of the present application is specifically the data of the QoS flow of Non-GBR used to carry the data of the relay terminal among all the Non-GBR QoS flows of the relay terminal. The data carried by the first group of PDU sessions is specifically the data of all Non-GBR QoS flows in the first group of PDU sessions.
方案1提供的方法,接入网设备将第一AMBR和第二AMBR中的较小值,确定为用于控制中继终端的数据的传输速率的AMBR。与现有技术相比,第一AMBR仅仅考虑了第一组PDU会话的AMBR,未考虑第二组PDU会话的AMBR,从而更加准确的对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。In the method provided in Solution 1, the access network device determines the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal. Compared with the prior art, the first AMBR only considers the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions, and does not consider the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions, thereby more accurately controlling the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
步骤701在具体实现时,接入网设备可以将除第二组PDU会话之外的其他PDU会话确定为第一组PDU会话。第二组PDU会话用于承载中继终端服务的远程终端的数据。When step 701 is specifically implemented, the access network device may determine other PDU sessions except the second group of PDU sessions as the first group of PDU sessions. The second group of PDU sessions is used to carry the data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
其中,中继终端服务的远程终端的数据包括终止于远程终端的数据和/或起始于远程终端的数据。其中,终止于远程终端的数据是指接入网设备发送的,并且需要中继终端向远程终端转发的数据。起始于远程终端的数据是指接入网设备接收的,远程终端生成的,并且需要中继终端转发的数据。Among them, the data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal includes data ending in the remote terminal and/or data starting from the remote terminal. Among them, the data terminating at the remote terminal refers to the data sent by the access network device and that needs to be forwarded by the relay terminal to the remote terminal. The data starting from the remote terminal refers to the data received by the access network device, generated by the remote terminal, and need to be forwarded by the relay terminal.
其中,哪些PDU会话属于第二组PDU会话可以由第一设备指示给接入网设备。可选的,第一设备为SMF或AMF或中继终端。Wherein, which PDU sessions belong to the second group of PDU sessions may be indicated by the first device to the access network device. Optionally, the first device is SMF or AMF or a relay terminal.
以第二组PDU会话中的第一PDU会话为例,第一设备指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务,具体过程可以包括:Taking the first PDU session in the second group of PDU sessions as an example, the first device instructs the first PDU session to provide relay services. The specific process may include:
11)第一设备获取第一指示信息(例如,中继指示relay indication),第一指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务,第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务。11) The first device obtains first indication information (for example, relay indication), the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide relay services, and the first PDU session is used to relay the terminal as the first The remote terminal provides relay services.
可以理解的是,第一组PDU会话不包括第一PDU会话,第一远程终端为中继终端服务的远程终端中的一个。It can be understood that the first group of PDU sessions does not include the first PDU session, and the first remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal.
12)第一设备向接入网设备发送第一指示信息。相应的,接入网设备从第一设备接收第一指示信息。12) The first device sends the first indication information to the access network device. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the first indication information from the first device.
可选的,在第一设备为中继终端的情况下,第一设备通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息向接入网设备发送第一指示信息。示例性的,RRC消息可以为RRC重配置完成(RRC reconfiguration complete)消息。Optionally, in a case where the first device is a relay terminal, the first device sends the first indication information to the access network device through a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message. Exemplarily, the RRC message may be an RRC reconfiguration complete (RRC reconfiguration complete) message.
基于上述步骤11)和步骤12),步骤701在具体实现时可以包括:接入网设备基于第一指示信息,确定中继终端的第一AMBR。也就是说,接入网设备在确定第一AMBR时,不将第一PDU会话考虑在内。Based on the above step 11) and step 12), when step 701 is specifically implemented, it may include: the access network device determines the first AMBR of the relay terminal based on the first indication information. That is, the access network device does not take the first PDU session into consideration when determining the first AMBR.
需要说明的是,当一个PDU会话不用于提供中继服务,也就是该PDU会话用于承载中继终端的数据时,第一设备也可以获取一个指示信息(记为第九指示信息),第九指示信息用于指示该PDU会话不用于提供中继服务(或者说用于指示该PDU会话用于承载中继终端的数据),第一设备将第九指示信息发送给接入网设备。这样的话,接入网设备若接收到第一指示信息,则确定相应的会话用于提供中继服务,若接收到第九指示信息,或,未接收到第一指示信息也未接收到第九指示信息,则确定相应的会话不用于提供中继服务。It should be noted that when a PDU session is not used to provide relay services, that is, when the PDU session is used to carry data of the relay terminal, the first device may also obtain an indication information (denoted as the ninth indication information). The ninth indication information is used to indicate that the PDU session is not used to provide relay services (or to indicate that the PDU session is used to carry data of the relay terminal), and the first device sends the ninth indication information to the access network device. In this case, if the access network device receives the first indication information, it determines that the corresponding session is used to provide the relay service. Indicating information, it is determined that the corresponding session is not used to provide relay services.
第一指示信息和第九指示信息可以通过一个比特指示,例如,该比特的值为1时,表示相应的会话用于提供中继服务,该比特的值为0时,表示相应的会话不用于提供中继服务。反之亦可。第一指示信息和第九指示信息也可以通过不同的比特指示,本申请不作限制。The first indication information and the ninth indication information can be indicated by one bit. For example, when the value of this bit is 1, it means that the corresponding session is used to provide relay services, and when the value of this bit is 0, it means that the corresponding session is not used for the relay service. Provide relay services. The reverse is also possible. The first indication information and the ninth indication information may also be indicated by different bits, which is not limited in this application.
在第一设备为SMF或AMF的情况下,上述步骤11)可以通过以下方式一至方式三中的任意一种方式实现。在方式一和方式二下,为了使得第一设备获取第一指示信息,中继终端可以通知第一设备中继终端通过第一PDU会话为第一远程终端提供中继服务。以下对方式一至方式三,以及方式一至方式三下步骤12)和方式一至方式三下本申请包括的其他方法的实现分别进行介绍。In the case where the first device is SMF or AMF, the above step 11) can be implemented in any one of the following manners 1 to 3. In the first and second modes, in order for the first device to obtain the first indication information, the relay terminal may notify the first device that the relay terminal provides a relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session. In the following, methods 1 to 3, step 12) under Mode 1 to Mode 3, and implementations of other methods included in this application under Mode 1 to Mode 3 are respectively introduced.
方式一、第一设备从中继终端接收第一指示信息。Manner 1: The first device receives the first indication information from the relay terminal.
在方式一下,中继终端通知第一设备中继终端通过第一PDU会话为第一远程终端提供中继服务,可以包括:In the first mode, the relay terminal notifies the first device that the relay terminal provides a relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session, which may include:
11-A1)中继终端建立第一PDU会话。11-A1) The relay terminal establishes the first PDU session.
11-A2)中继终端向第一设备发送第一指示信息。11-A2) The relay terminal sends the first indication information to the first device.
其中,中继终端在建立一个PDU会话之后,可以知道该PDU会话属于第一组PDU会话还是第二组PDU会话。针对第二组PDU会话,例如,第一PDU会话,中继终端可以向第一设备发送第一指示信息。Wherein, after establishing a PDU session, the relay terminal can know whether the PDU session belongs to the first group of PDU sessions or the second group of PDU sessions. For the second group of PDU sessions, for example, the first PDU session, the relay terminal may send the first indication information to the first device.
本申请实施例中,在第一设备为SMF的情况下,SMF和中继终端之间可以通过AMF通信。In the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the first device is an SMF, the SMF and the relay terminal may communicate through AMF.
在第一设备为SMF的情况下,步骤11-A2)的第一种实现方式中,中继终端可以将第一指示信息携带在PDU会话建立请求(PDU session establishment request)中发送给AMF,AMF接收到第一指示信息后,将第一指示信息携带在SM上下文请求(SM context request)中发送给SMF。In the case where the first device is an SMF, in the first implementation of step 11-A2), the relay terminal may carry the first indication information in a PDU session establishment request (PDU session establishment request) and send it to the AMF. After receiving the first indication information, the first indication information is carried in an SM context request (SM context request) and sent to the SMF.
在第一设备为SMF的情况下,步骤11-A2)的第二种实现方式中,中继终端可以将第一指示信息携带在远程终端报告(Remote UE Report)中发送给AMF,AMF将接收到的远程终端报告发送给SMF,SMF从远程终端报告中获取第一指示信息。In the case where the first device is SMF, in the second implementation of step 11-A2), the relay terminal can carry the first indication information in the Remote UE Report and send it to the AMF, and the AMF will receive it. The received remote terminal report is sent to the SMF, and the SMF obtains the first indication information from the remote terminal report.
基于上述步骤11-A2)的两种实现方式,步骤12)在具体实现时,SMF可以将第一指示信息携带在N1N2传输消息(N1N2MessageTransfer)中发送给AMF,AMF再将第一指示信息携带在NGAP消息(例如,N2 PDU会话请求(N2 PDU session request))中发送给接入网设备。Based on the two implementations of the above step 11-A2), in step 12), in the specific implementation, the SMF can carry the first indication information in the N1N2 transmission message (N1N2MessageTransfer) and send it to the AMF, and the AMF then carries the first indication information in The NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request (N2 PDU session request)) is sent to the access network device.
在第一设备为AMF的情况下,步骤11-A2)在具体实现时,中继终端可以将第一指示信息携带在PDU会话建立请求或远程终端报告中发送给AMF。该情况下,步骤12)在具体实现时,AMF可以将第一指示信息携带在NGAP消息(例如,N2 PDU会话请求)中发送给接入网设备。In the case where the first device is an AMF, step 11-A2) During specific implementation, the relay terminal may carry the first indication information in the PDU session establishment request or the remote terminal report and send it to the AMF. In this case, when step 12) is specifically implemented, the AMF may carry the first indication information in the NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request) and send it to the access network device.
方式二、第一设备从中继终端接收第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识,并根据第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识确定第一指示信息。Manner 2: The first device receives the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session from the relay terminal, and determines the first indication information according to the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session.
其中,本申请实施例中的“确定第一指示信息”也可以替换为“生成第一指示信息”。Wherein, "determine the first indication information" in the embodiment of the present application may also be replaced with "generate the first indication information".
在方式二下,中继终端通知第一设备中继终端通过第一PDU会话为第一远程终端提供中继服务,可以包括:In the second mode, the relay terminal notifies the first device that the relay terminal provides the relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session, which may include:
11-B1)中继终端建立第一PDU会话。11-B1) The relay terminal establishes the first PDU session.
11-B2)中继终端向第一设备发送第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识。11-B2) The relay terminal sends the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session to the first device.
在第一设备为SMF的情况下,步骤11-B2)的第一种实现方式中,中继终端可以将第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识携带在PDU会话建立请求中发送给AMF,AMF接收到第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识后,将第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识携带在SM上下文请求中发送给SMF。In the case where the first device is SMF, in the first implementation of step 11-B2), the relay terminal may carry the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session in the PDU session establishment request and send it to AMF: After receiving the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session, the AMF carries the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session in the SM context request and sends it to the SMF.
在第一设备为SMF的情况下,步骤11-B2)的第二种实现方式中,中继终端可以将第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识携带在远程终端报告中发送给AMF,AMF将接收到的远程终端报告发送给SMF,SMF从远程终端报告中获取第一远程终端的标识 和第一PDU会话的标识。In the case where the first device is an SMF, in the second implementation of step 11-B2), the relay terminal can carry the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session in the remote terminal report and send it to the AMF , The AMF sends the received remote terminal report to the SMF, and the SMF obtains the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session from the remote terminal report.
基于上述步骤11-B2)的两种实现方式,方式二在具体实现时,SMF根据第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识确定第一指示信息。该情况下,步骤12)在具体实现时,SMF可以将第一指示信息携带在N1N2传输消息中发送给AMF,AMF再将第一指示信息携带在NGAP消息(例如,N2 PDU会话请求)中发送给接入网设备。Based on the two implementation manners of the above step 11-B2), when the second manner is specifically implemented, the SMF determines the first indication information according to the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session. In this case, when step 12) is specifically implemented, the SMF may carry the first indication information in the N1N2 transmission message and send it to the AMF, and then the AMF may carry the first indication information in the NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request) and send it To the access network equipment.
在第一设备为AMF的情况下,步骤11-B2)在具体实现时,中继终端可以将第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识携带在PDU会话建立请求或远程终端报告中发送给AMF。方式二在具体实现时,AMF根据第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识确定第一指示信息。该情况下,步骤12)在具体实现时,AMF可以将第一指示信息携带在NGAP消息(例如,N2 PDU会话请求)中发送给接入网设备。In the case that the first device is AMF, step 11-B2) In specific implementation, the relay terminal may carry the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session in the PDU session establishment request or remote terminal report and send To AMF. In the second mode, in specific implementation, the AMF determines the first indication information according to the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session. In this case, when step 12) is specifically implemented, the AMF may carry the first indication information in the NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request) and send it to the access network device.
需要说明的是,步骤11-B2)中,中继终端和第一设备之间传输的信息除了第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识之外,还可以包括中继终端的标识。该情况下,上述关于步骤11-B2)和方式二的具体实现的描述中,将“第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识”替换为“第一远程终端的标识、中继终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识”进行理解即可。It should be noted that, in step 11-B2), the information transmitted between the relay terminal and the first device may include the identification of the relay terminal in addition to the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session. In this case, in the above description of the specific implementation of step 11-B2) and mode 2, replace "the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session" with "the identification of the first remote terminal, the relay terminal And the identity of the first PDU session" to understand.
可选的,“第一远程终端的标识、中继终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识”可以携带在消息中,该情况下,步骤11-B2)在具体实现时包括:中继终端向第一设备发送消息,消息中携带第一远程终端的标识、中继终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识。相应的,第一设备从中继终端接收消息。此时,方式二在具体实现时可以包括:第一设备根据第一远程终端的标识、中继终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识确定第一指示信息。Optionally, the "identity of the first remote terminal, the identity of the relay terminal, and the identity of the first PDU session" may be carried in the message. In this case, step 11-B2) includes the following in specific implementation: The first device sends a message, and the message carries the identifier of the first remote terminal, the identifier of the relay terminal, and the identifier of the first PDU session. Correspondingly, the first device receives the message from the relay terminal. At this time, in specific implementation, the second method may include: the first device determines the first indication information according to the identifier of the first remote terminal, the identifier of the relay terminal, and the identifier of the first PDU session.
其中,在第一设备为AMF的情况下,该消息可以为非接入层(Non-access stratum,NAS)消息。Wherein, in a case where the first device is an AMF, the message may be a non-access stratum (Non-access stratum, NAS) message.
在本申请第一部分的各个实施例中,终端(例如,远程终端或中继终端)的标识可以是5G全球唯一临时标识(5G globally unique temporary identifier,5G-GUTI)、国际移动用户识别码(international mobile subscriber identity,IMSI)、应用层标识等。In the various embodiments of the first part of this application, the identifier of the terminal (for example, a remote terminal or a relay terminal) may be a 5G globally unique temporary identifier (5G-GUTI), an international mobile subscriber identification code (international) mobile subscriber identity, IMSI), application layer identity, etc.
方式三、第一设备从中继终端接收远程终端报告,根据远程终端报告确定第一指示信息。其中,远程终端报告携带第一PDU会话的标识。Manner 3: The first device receives the remote terminal report from the relay terminal, and determines the first indication information according to the remote terminal report. Among them, the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first PDU session.
方式三在具体实现时,第一设备只要接收到远程终端报告,即可确定远程终端报告中携带的PDU会话的标识对应的PDU会话用于提供中继服务,也就是该PDU会话属于第二组PDU会话,而不需要通过其他信息确定。也可以理解为,第一设备根据远程终端报告的消息类型,即可确定远程终端报告中携带的PDU会话的标识对应的PDU会话用于提供中继服务。这个消息类型可以指示当前的消息为一个远程终端报告。 Mode 3 In the specific implementation, as long as the first device receives the remote terminal report, it can determine that the PDU session corresponding to the PDU session identifier carried in the remote terminal report is used to provide relay services, that is, the PDU session belongs to the second group. PDU session, without the need to determine through other information. It can also be understood that, according to the message type reported by the remote terminal, the first device can determine that the PDU session corresponding to the PDU session identifier carried in the remote terminal report is used to provide the relay service. This message type can indicate that the current message is reported by a remote terminal.
在方式三下,该方法还可以包括:Under way three, the method can also include:
11-C1)中继终端建立第一PDU会话。11-C1) The relay terminal establishes the first PDU session.
11-C2)中继终端向第一设备发送远程终端报告。11-C2) The relay terminal sends a remote terminal report to the first device.
在第一设备为SMF的情况下,步骤11-C2)在具体实现时,中继终端可以将携带第一PDU会话的标识的远程终端报告发送给AMF,AMF将接收到的远程终端报告发送给 SMF。方式三在具体实现时,SMF根据远程终端报告确定第一指示信息。该情况下,步骤12)在具体实现时,SMF可以将第一指示信息携带在N1N2传输消息中发送给AMF,AMF再将第一指示信息携带在NGAP消息(例如,N2 PDU会话请求)中发送给接入网设备。In the case where the first device is SMF, step 11-C2) In specific implementation, the relay terminal can send a remote terminal report carrying the identifier of the first PDU session to AMF, and AMF sends the received remote terminal report to SMF. In the third mode, in specific implementation, the SMF determines the first indication information according to the remote terminal report. In this case, when step 12) is specifically implemented, the SMF may carry the first indication information in the N1N2 transmission message and send it to the AMF, and then the AMF may carry the first indication information in the NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request) and send it To the access network equipment.
在第一设备为AMF的情况下,步骤11-C2)在具体实现时,中继终端可以将携带第一PDU会话的标识的远程终端报告发送给AMF。方式三在具体实现时,AMF根据远程终端报告确定第一指示信息。该情况下,步骤12)在具体实现时,AMF可以将第一指示信息携带在NGAP消息(例如,N2 PDU会话请求)中发送给接入网设备。In the case where the first device is an AMF, step 11-C2) During specific implementation, the relay terminal may send a remote terminal report carrying the identifier of the first PDU session to the AMF. In the third mode, in specific implementation, the AMF determines the first indication information according to the remote terminal report. In this case, when step 12) is specifically implemented, the AMF may carry the first indication information in the NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request) and send it to the access network device.
可以理解的是,若第二组PDU会话中还包括其他的PDU会话,第一设备也可以采用类似的方法指示。例如,若第二组PDU会话中还包括第二PDU会话,则第一设备指示第二PDU会话用于提供中继服务,具体过程可以包括:It is understandable that if other PDU sessions are included in the second group of PDU sessions, the first device may also use a similar method to indicate. For example, if the second group of PDU sessions also includes a second PDU session, the first device instructs the second PDU session to provide relay services. The specific process may include:
21)第一设备获取第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第二PDU会话用于提供中继服务,第二PDU会话用于中继终端为第二远程终端提供中继服务。21) The first device obtains the second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate that the second PDU session is used to provide the relay service, and the second PDU session is used to provide the relay service for the second remote terminal by the relay terminal.
可以理解的是,第一组PDU会话还不包括第二PDU会话,第二远程终端为中继终端服务的远程终端中的一个。步骤21)的实现过程与步骤11)类似,可参照进行理解,不再赘述。It is understandable that the first group of PDU sessions does not include the second PDU session, and the second remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal. The implementation process of step 21) is similar to that of step 11), which can be understood by reference, and will not be repeated.
22)第一设备向接入网设备发送第二指示信息。相应的,接入网设备从第一设备接收第二指示信息。22) The first device sends the second indication information to the access network device. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the second indication information from the first device.
可选的,在第一设备为中继终端的情况下,第一设备通过RRC消息向接入网设备发送第二指示信息。Optionally, when the first device is a relay terminal, the first device sends the second indication information to the access network device through an RRC message.
基于上述步骤21)和步骤22),步骤701在具体实现时可以包括:接入网设备基于第一指示信息和第二指示信息,确定第一AMBR。也就是说,接入网设备在确定第一AMBR时,不将第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话考虑在内。Based on the above step 21) and step 22), when step 701 is specifically implemented, the step 701 may include: the access network device determines the first AMBR based on the first indication information and the second indication information. That is to say, when determining the first AMBR, the access network device does not take the first PDU session and the second PDU session into consideration.
可以理解的是,第二组PDU会话中除了包含第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话之外,还可以包含其他PDU会话。接入网设备在确定第一AMBR时,需要将第二组PDU会话中的所有PDU会话排除在外。因此,针对第二组PDU会话中的每个PDU会话,第一设备都可以采用与第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话类似的方式,指示相应的PDU会话用于提供中继服务。It can be understood that, in addition to the first PDU session and the second PDU session, the second group of PDU sessions may also include other PDU sessions. When determining the first AMBR, the access network device needs to exclude all PDU sessions in the second group of PDU sessions. Therefore, for each PDU session in the second group of PDU sessions, the first device may use a similar manner to the first PDU session and the second PDU session to indicate that the corresponding PDU session is used to provide the relay service.
可以理解的是,接入网设备要计算第一AMBR,不仅仅需要知道哪些PDU会话属于第一组PDU会话,还需要知道第一组PDU会话中的每个PDU会话的AMBR。接入网设备获取每个PDU会话的AMBR的过程可参见方案2中的步骤11)至步骤13),只需将其中的第一PDU会话替换为第一组PDU会话中的相应的PDU会话进行理解即可。It is understandable that to calculate the first AMBR, the access network device not only needs to know which PDU sessions belong to the first group of PDU sessions, but also needs to know the AMBR of each PDU session in the first group of PDU sessions. The process for the access network device to obtain the AMBR of each PDU session can be referred to steps 11) to 13) in solution 2. It only needs to replace the first PDU session with the corresponding PDU session in the first group of PDU sessions. Just understand.
方案2:接入网设备对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。Scheme 2: The access network equipment controls the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
参见图8,方案2的实现过程包括:Referring to Figure 8, the implementation process of Scheme 2 includes:
801、AMF从PCF或UDM接收中继终端的第四AMBR。801. The AMF receives the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the PCF or UDM.
其中,中继终端用于为远程终端提供中继服务,第四AMBR为签约的中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的上限,即签约的用于中继服务的中继终端的AMBR(Subscribed UE-AMBR for relaying)。Among them, the relay terminal is used to provide a relay service for the remote terminal, and the fourth AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the subscribed relay terminal, that is, the AMBR of the subscribed relay terminal for the relay service (Subscribed UE-AMBR for relaying).
其中,若AMF从UDM获取第四AMBR,AMF可以在中继终端的注册流程中,从UDM获取中继终端的签约数据,中继终端的签约数据中可以包括第四AMBR。若AMF从PCF获取第四AMBR,AMF可以在AM策略关联过程中,从PCF获取第四AMBR。Wherein, if the AMF obtains the fourth AMBR from the UDM, the AMF may obtain the subscription data of the relay terminal from the UDM in the registration process of the relay terminal, and the subscription data of the relay terminal may include the fourth AMBR. If the AMF obtains the fourth AMBR from the PCF, the AMF may obtain the fourth AMBR from the PCF during the AM policy association process.
若AMF从PCF获取第四AMBR,可选的,该方法还包括:AMF向PCF发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示中继终端具备提供中继服务的能力。相应的,PCF从AMF接收第三指示信息,根据第三指示信息向AMF发送第四AMBR。AMF从UDM获取第四AMBR的过程也是类似的,不再赘述。If the AMF obtains the fourth AMBR from the PCF, optionally, the method further includes: the AMF sends third indication information to the PCF, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the relay terminal is capable of providing relay services. Correspondingly, the PCF receives the third indication information from the AMF, and sends the fourth AMBR to the AMF according to the third indication information. The process in which the AMF obtains the fourth AMBR from the UDM is also similar, and will not be repeated here.
其中,一个终端是否具备提供中继服务的能力可以是该终端注册时向AMF指示的。Among them, whether a terminal has the ability to provide relay services may be indicated to the AMF when the terminal is registered.
802、AMF向接入网设备发送中继终端的第四AMBR。802. The AMF sends the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal to the access network device.
相应的,接入网设备从AMF接收中继终端的第四AMBR。Correspondingly, the access network device receives the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the AMF.
其中,接入网设备为中继终端接入的接入网设备。Wherein, the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by the relay terminal.
其中,中继终端的第四AMBR可以携带在NGAP消息(例如,N2 PDU会话请求)中。Wherein, the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal may be carried in the NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request).
803、接入网设备采用第六AMBR对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。803. The access network device uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
其中,第六AMBR为第四AMBR和第五AMBR中的较小值。第五AMBR为中继终端的第二组PDU会话的AMBR之和,第二组PDU会话用于承载中继终端服务的远程终端的数据。Among them, the sixth AMBR is the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR. The fifth AMBR is the sum of the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions of the relay terminal, and the second group of PDU sessions is used to carry data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
步骤803中,接入网设备采用第六AMBR对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制时,保证中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率不大于第六AMBR,也就是保证在同一时刻,第二组PDU会话所承载的数据的总和不大于第六AMBR。In step 803, when the access network device uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal, it is ensured that the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal is not greater than the sixth AMBR, that is, Ensure that at the same moment, the sum of the data carried by the second group of PDU sessions is not greater than the sixth AMBR.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的中继终端服务的远程终端的数据具体为中继终端的所有Non-GBR的QoS流中的,用于承载所有远程终端的数据的Non-GBR的QoS流的数据,第二组PDU会话所承载的数据具体为第二组PDU会话中的所有Non-GBR的QoS流的数据。It should be noted that the data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal in the embodiment of the present application is specifically the QoS of the Non-GBR of all the non-GBR QoS flows of the relay terminal, which is used to carry the data of all the remote terminals. The data of the flow, the data carried by the second group of PDU sessions are specifically the data of all Non-GBR QoS flows in the second group of PDU sessions.
方案2提供的方法,接入网设备将第四AMBR和第五AMBR中的较小值,确定为用于控制中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的AMBR。第五AMBR仅仅考虑了第二组PDU会话的AMBR,未考虑第一组PDU会话的AMBR,从而更加准确的对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。In the method provided by Scheme 2, the access network device determines the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal. The fifth AMBR only considers the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions, and does not consider the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions, so as to more accurately control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
为了执行步骤803,接入网设备确定第五AMBR。可选的,接入网设备确定第五AMBR的过程包括:In order to perform step 803, the access network device determines a fifth AMBR. Optionally, the process for the access network device to determine the fifth AMBR includes:
11)UDM向SMF发送第一PDU会话的AMBR。11) UDM sends the AMBR of the first PDU session to SMF.
相应的,SMF从UDM接收第一PDU会话的AMBR。Correspondingly, the SMF receives the AMBR of the first PDU session from the UDM.
其中,第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务,也就是说,第一PDU会话为第二组PDU会话中的一个PDU会话。第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务。The first PDU session is used to provide a relay service, that is, the first PDU session is one PDU session in the second group of PDU sessions. The first PDU session is used for the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal.
步骤11)在具体实现时,SMF可以向UDM发送请求消息,请求消息中可以携带第一PDU会话的属性信息,UDM接收到请求消息后,可以将第一PDU会话的AMBR发送给SMF。Step 11) In specific implementation, SMF may send a request message to UDM, and the request message may carry attribute information of the first PDU session. After receiving the request message, UDM may send the AMBR of the first PDU session to SMF.
12)SMF向接入网设备发送第一PDU会话的AMBR。12) The SMF sends the AMBR of the first PDU session to the access network device.
相应的,接入网设备从SMF接收第一PDU会话的AMBR。Correspondingly, the access network device receives the AMBR of the first PDU session from the SMF.
13)接入网设备基于第一PDU会话的AMBR确定第五AMBR。13) The access network device determines the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR of the first PDU session.
在本申请实施例中,UDM存储每种会话属性的PDU会话对应的AMBR,每种会话属性的PDU会话对应的AMBR有两种情况:In the embodiment of this application, UDM stores the AMBR corresponding to the PDU session of each session attribute, and the AMBR corresponding to the PDU session of each session attribute has two situations:
情况1、每种会话属性的PDU会话对应一个AMBR。 Case 1. The PDU session of each session attribute corresponds to one AMBR.
情况2、每种会话属性的PDU会话对应2个AMBR,一个AMBR为该种会话属性的PDU会话用于承载中继终端的数据时对应的AMBR,另一个AMBR为该种会话属性的PDU会话用于承载中继终端服务的远程终端的数据(即用于提供中继服务)时对应的AMBR。Case 2. Each PDU session of each session attribute corresponds to two AMBRs, one AMBR is the corresponding AMBR when the PDU session of this type of session attribute is used to carry the data of the relay terminal, and the other AMBR is the corresponding AMBR of the PDU session of this type of session attribute. The AMBR corresponding to the data of the remote terminal carrying the relay terminal service (that is, used to provide the relay service).
在情况1下,第一PDU会话的AMBR为第一PDU会话对应的AMBR。该情况下,可选的,在步骤11)之前,该方法还包括:SMF向UDM发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话的会话属性。相应的,UDM从SMF接收第四指示信息,根据第四指示信息向SMF发送第一PDU会话的AMBR。In case 1, the AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session. In this case, optionally, before step 11), the method further includes: the SMF sends fourth indication information to the UDM, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session attributes of the first PDU session. Correspondingly, the UDM receives the fourth indication information from the SMF, and sends the AMBR of the first PDU session to the SMF according to the fourth indication information.
在情况2下,第一PDU会话的AMBR为第一PDU会话在提供中继服务时对应的AMBR。该情况下,可选的,在步骤11)之前,该方法还包括:SMF向UDM发送上述第四指示信息和第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务。相应的,UDM从SMF接收第四指示信息和第五指示信息,根据第四指示信息和第五指示信息向SMF发送第一PDU会话的AMBR。In case 2, the AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session when the relay service is provided. In this case, optionally, before step 11), the method further includes: SMF sending the foregoing fourth indication information and fifth indication information to UDM, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide relay service. Correspondingly, the UDM receives the fourth indication information and the fifth indication information from the SMF, and sends the AMBR of the first PDU session to the SMF according to the fourth indication information and the fifth indication information.
可以理解的是,若第二组PDU会话中还包括其他的PDU会话,SMF也可以采用类似的方法获取PDU会话的AMBR。例如,若第二组PDU会话中还包括第二PDU会话,则SMF还可以采用与第一PDU会话类似的方法确定第二PDU会话的AMBR,并发送给接入网设备。该情况下,步骤13)可以包括:接入网设备基于第一PDU会话的AMBR和第二PDU会话的AMBR确定第五AMBR。It is understandable that if other PDU sessions are included in the second group of PDU sessions, the SMF may also use a similar method to obtain the AMBR of the PDU session. For example, if the second group of PDU sessions also includes a second PDU session, the SMF may also determine the AMBR of the second PDU session using a method similar to the first PDU session, and send it to the access network device. In this case, step 13) may include: the access network device determines the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR of the first PDU session and the AMBR of the second PDU session.
可以理解的是,第二组PDU会话中除了包含第一PDU会话和第二PDU会话之外,还可以包含其他PDU会话。接入网设备在确定第五AMBR时,需要将第二组PDU会话中的所有PDU会话计算在外。It can be understood that, in addition to the first PDU session and the second PDU session, the second group of PDU sessions may also include other PDU sessions. When determining the fifth AMBR, the access network device needs to count all PDU sessions in the second group of PDU sessions.
接入网设备在计算第五AMBR之前,需要先确定哪些PDU会话属于第二组PDU会话,该过程可参见实施例1中的相关描述,不再赘述。需要说明的是,针对第一PDU会话,SMF可以将第一指示信息和第一PDU会话的AMBR携带在同一个消息中发送给接入网设备,也可以携带在不同的消息中发送给接入网设备,本申请不作限制。Before calculating the fifth AMBR, the access network device needs to determine which PDU sessions belong to the second group of PDU sessions. For this process, please refer to the related description in Embodiment 1, and will not be repeated. It should be noted that for the first PDU session, the SMF can carry the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session in the same message and send it to the access network device, or it can also be carried in different messages and sent to the access network device. Network equipment, this application is not limited.
方案3:接入网设备对每个远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。Scheme 3: The access network equipment controls the data transmission rate of each remote terminal.
在上述方案1和方案2中,多个PDU会话可以承载中继终端服务的一个远程终端的数据,一个PDU会话也可以承载中继终端服务的多个远程终端的数据。而在方案3下,多个PDU会话可以用于承载中继终端服务的一个远程终端的数据,但是一个PDU会话仅可以承载中继终端服务的一个远程终端的数据。In the above scheme 1 and scheme 2, multiple PDU sessions can carry data of one remote terminal served by the relay terminal, and one PDU session can also carry data of multiple remote terminals served by the relay terminal. In solution 3, multiple PDU sessions can be used to carry data of one remote terminal served by the relay terminal, but one PDU session can only carry data of one remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
参见图9,方案3的实现过程包括:Referring to Figure 9, the implementation process of Scheme 3 includes:
901、AMF从PCF或UDM接收中继终端服务的第一远程终端的第七AMBR。901. The AMF receives the seventh AMBR of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal from the PCF or UDM.
其中,中继终端用于为远程终端提供中继服务。第一远程终端可以为中继终端服务的任意一个远程终端。第七AMBR为第一远程终端签约的AMBR,即签约的第一远程终端的数据的传输速率的上限。Among them, the relay terminal is used to provide a relay service for the remote terminal. The first remote terminal can be any remote terminal served by the relay terminal. The seventh AMBR is the AMBR subscribed by the first remote terminal, that is, the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the subscribed first remote terminal.
其中,一个远程终端签约的AMBR可以有以下两种情况:Among them, the AMBR subscribed by a remote terminal can have the following two situations:
情况1:远程终端签约的AMBR仅有一个,也就是说,一个远程终端对应一个AMBR。此时,本申请中远程终端签约的AMBR即该远程终端对应的AMBR。Case 1: There is only one AMBR subscribed by the remote terminal, that is, one remote terminal corresponds to one AMBR. At this time, the AMBR subscribed by the remote terminal in this application is the AMBR corresponding to the remote terminal.
情况2:远程终端签约的AMBR有两个,也就是说,一个远程终端对应两个AMBR。一个AMBR为远程终端直接接入接入网设备时对应的AMBR,一个为远程终端通过中继终端接入接入网设备时对应的AMBR。此时,本申请中远程终端签约的AMBR即该远程终端通过中继终端接入接入网设备时对应的AMBR。Case 2: There are two AMBRs subscribed by the remote terminal, that is, one remote terminal corresponds to two AMBRs. One AMBR is the corresponding AMBR when the remote terminal directly accesses the access network equipment, and the other is the corresponding AMBR when the remote terminal accesses the access network equipment through the relay terminal. At this time, the AMBR subscribed by the remote terminal in this application is the corresponding AMBR when the remote terminal accesses the access network device through the relay terminal.
其中,AMF可以在接收到中继终端发送的PDU会话建立请求或者远程终端报告后,向PCF或UDM请求获取第七AMBR。其中,PDU会话建立请求或者远程终端报告中携带第一远程终端的标识。相应的,AMF在向PCF或UDM发送用于获取第七AMBR的请求消息中,包括第一远程终端的标识,以便PCF或UDM向AMF反馈相应远程终端的AMBR。The AMF may request the PCF or UDM to obtain the seventh AMBR after receiving the PDU session establishment request or the remote terminal report sent by the relay terminal. Wherein, the PDU session establishment request or the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first remote terminal. Correspondingly, the AMF sends the request message for obtaining the seventh AMBR to the PCF or UDM, including the identification of the first remote terminal, so that the PCF or UDM feeds back the AMBR of the corresponding remote terminal to the AMF.
902、AMF向接入网设备发送第七AMBR。相应的,接入网设备从AMF接收第七AMBR。902. The AMF sends the seventh AMBR to the access network device. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the seventh AMBR from the AMF.
其中,接入网设备为中继终端接入的接入网设备。Wherein, the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by the relay terminal.
其中,第七AMBR可以携带在NGAP消息(例如,N2 PDU会话请求)中。Among them, the seventh AMBR may be carried in an NGAP message (for example, N2 PDU session request).
903、接入网设备采用第九AMBR对中继终端服务的第一远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。903. The access network device uses the ninth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
其中,第九AMBR为第七AMBR和第八AMBR中的较小值。Among them, the ninth AMBR is the smaller value of the seventh AMBR and the eighth AMBR.
其中,第八AMBR为中继终端的、用于承载第一远程终端的数据的PDU会话的AMBR之和。其中,接入网设备获取中继终端的、用于承载第一远程终端的数据的PDU会话(例如,第一PDU会话)的AMBR的过程可参见方案2中的步骤11)至步骤13),其中,步骤11)在具体实现时,SMF可以向UDM发送请求消息,请求消息中可以携带第一远程终端的标识,UDM接收到请求消息后,可以将中继终端的、用于承载第一远程终端的数据的PDU会话(例如,第一PDU会话)的AMBR发送给SMF。相应的,SMF在向接入网设备发送第一PDU会话的AMBR的同时,可以将第一远程终端的标识发送给接入网设备,以便接入网设备确定第一PDU会话为承载哪个远程终端的数据的PDU会话。Wherein, the eighth AMBR is the sum of the AMBR of the PDU session of the relay terminal used to carry the data of the first remote terminal. Wherein, the process of the access network device acquiring the AMBR of the PDU session (for example, the first PDU session) of the relay terminal used to carry the data of the first remote terminal can refer to step 11) to step 13) in solution 2. Wherein, in step 11) in specific implementation, SMF can send a request message to UDM, the request message can carry the identity of the first remote terminal, after UDM receives the request message, can use the relay terminal to carry the first remote terminal The AMBR of the PDU session (for example, the first PDU session) of the data of the terminal is sent to the SMF. Correspondingly, when the SMF sends the AMBR of the first PDU session to the access network device, it can also send the identification of the first remote terminal to the access network device, so that the access network device can determine which remote terminal bears the first PDU session. PDU session of the data.
步骤903中,接入网设备采用第九AMBR对中继终端服务的第一远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制时,保证中继终端服务的第一远程终端的数据的传输速率不大于第九AMBR。In step 903, when the access network device uses the ninth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal, it is ensured that the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal is not greater than the ninth AMBR. AMBR.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的中继终端服务的某个远程终端的数据具体为中继终端的所有Non-GBR的QoS流中的,用于承载该远程终端的数据的Non-GBR的QoS流的数据。It should be noted that the data of a certain remote terminal served by the relay terminal in the embodiment of the present application is specifically the Non-GBR used to carry the data of the remote terminal in all the Non-GBR QoS flows of the relay terminal. QoS flow data.
方案3提供的方法,接入网设备将第七AMBR和第八AMBR中的较小值,确定为用于控制中继终端服务的第一远程终端的数据的传输速率的AMBR。第八AMBR仅仅考虑了用于承载第一远程终端的数据的PDU会话,从而更加准确的对中继终端服务的第一远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。In the method provided in Scheme 3, the access network device determines the smaller value of the seventh AMBR and the eighth AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal. The eighth AMBR only considers the PDU session used to carry the data of the first remote terminal, so as to more accurately control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
以上是对方案1至方案3的概述,以下通过实施例1至实施例6对上述方案,或经过结合之后的方案的实现流程作示例性说明。The above is an overview of the schemes 1 to 3. The implementation process of the schemes mentioned above or the schemes after being combined is exemplified in the following through Embodiments 1 to 6.
实施例1Example 1
在实施例1中,以SMF通知接入网设备第一PDU会话为提供中继服务的PDU会话为例,对方案1作示例性说明。In Embodiment 1, taking the SMF informing the access network device that the first PDU session is a PDU session providing a relay service as an example, the solution 1 is exemplified.
如图10所示,实施例1提供的方法包括:As shown in Figure 10, the method provided in Embodiment 1 includes:
1001、AMF获取第二AMBR(即中继终端签约的AMBR),并发送给接入网设备。1001. The AMF obtains the second AMBR (that is, the AMBR subscribed by the relay terminal), and sends it to the access network device.
其中,步骤1001在具体实现时可以通过以下方式a或方式b实现。Wherein, step 1001 can be implemented in the following way a or way b during specific implementation.
方式a:在中继终端的注册流程中,AMF从UDM获取中继终端的签约数据,中继终端的签约数据中包括第二AMBR。Manner a: In the registration process of the relay terminal, the AMF obtains the subscription data of the relay terminal from the UDM, and the subscription data of the relay terminal includes the second AMBR.
方式b:AMF在AM策略关联过程中,从PCF获取第二AMBR。Manner b: The AMF obtains the second AMBR from the PCF during the AM policy association process.
1002、中继终端向AMF发送PDU会话建立请求,PDU会话建立请求中携带第一指示信息。相应的,AMF从中继终端接收PDU会话建立请求。1002. The relay terminal sends a PDU session establishment request to the AMF, where the PDU session establishment request carries first indication information. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the PDU session establishment request from the relay terminal.
其中,PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话,第一指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务。The PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
PDU会话建立请求可以携带在NAS消息中。The PDU session establishment request can be carried in the NAS message.
1003、AMF向SMF发送SM上下文请求,SM上下文请求中携带第一指示信息。相应的,SMF从AMF接收SM上下文请求。1003. The AMF sends an SM context request to the SMF, and the SM context request carries first indication information. Correspondingly, the SMF receives the SM context request from the AMF.
其中,SM上下文请求用于请求SMF为第一PDU会话建立会话上下文。The SM context request is used to request the SMF to establish a session context for the first PDU session.
步骤1003在具体实现时,AMF可以将PDU会话建立请求中的第一指示信息携带在SM上下文请求中发送给SMF。When step 1003 is specifically implemented, the AMF may carry the first indication information in the PDU session establishment request in the SM context request and send it to the SMF.
1004、SMF向AMF发送N1N2传输消息,N1N2传输消息中携带第一指示信息和第一PDU会话的AMBR。相应的,AMF从SMF接收N1N2传输消息。1004. The SMF sends an N1N2 transmission message to the AMF. The N1N2 transmission message carries the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the N1N2 transmission message from the SMF.
其中,第一指示信息和第一PDU会话的AMBR具体可以携带在N1N2传输消息中的N2 SM信息(N2 SM info)容器内。Among them, the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session may specifically be carried in the N2 SM information (N2 SM info) container in the N1N2 transmission message.
其中,在建立第一PDU会话的过程中,SMF可以向UDM发送请求消息,请求消息中可以携带第一PDU会话的属性信息,UDM接收到请求消息后,可以将第一PDU会话的AMBR发送给SMF。需要说明的是,针对每个PDU会话,都可以采用与第一PDU会话类似的方式获取AMBR。Among them, in the process of establishing the first PDU session, the SMF can send a request message to the UDM, and the request message can carry the attribute information of the first PDU session. After receiving the request message, the UDM can send the AMBR of the first PDU session to SMF. It should be noted that, for each PDU session, the AMBR can be acquired in a manner similar to the first PDU session.
1005、AMF向接入网设备发送N2 PDU会话请求,N2 PDU会话请求中携带第一指示信息。相应的,接入网设备从AMF接收N2 PDU会话请求。1005. The AMF sends an N2 PDU session request to the access network device, and the N2 PDU session request carries the first indication information. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the N2 PDU session request from the AMF.
其中,第一指示信息可以携带在N2 PDU会话请求中的N2 SM info容器内。The first indication information may be carried in the N2 SM info container in the N2 PDU session request.
AMF和接入网设备之间可以通过N2接口通信。The AMF and the access network equipment can communicate through the N2 interface.
1006、接入网设备采用第三AMBR对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。其中,第三AMBR为第一AMBR和第二AMBR中的较小值。1006. The access network equipment uses the third AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal. Wherein, the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR.
需要说明的是,针对每个PDU会话,接入网设备可以根据是否接收到用于提供中继服务的指示(例如,针对第一PDU会话,该指示为第一指示信息),确定每个PDU会话是否用于提供中继服务,进而确定第一组PDU会话。再根据第一组PDU会话中的每个PDU会话的AMBR确定第一AMBR。具体的,接入网设备可以将第一组PDU会话中的PDU会话的AMBR之和确定为第二AMBR。It should be noted that for each PDU session, the access network device may determine each PDU according to whether it receives an indication for providing relay services (for example, for the first PDU session, the indication is the first indication information) Whether the session is used to provide relay services, and then determine the first group of PDU sessions. The first AMBR is determined according to the AMBR of each PDU session in the first group of PDU sessions. Specifically, the access network device may determine the sum of the AMBRs of the PDU sessions in the first group of PDU sessions as the second AMBR.
实施例1的另一种实现方式,AMF可以通知接入网设备第一PDU会话为提供中继服务的PDU会话。该情况下,步骤1002中,AMF获取PDU会话建立请求中的第一指示信息后,在步骤1005中,直接携带在N2 PDU会话请求中发送给接入网设备。此时,可以理解的是,SM上下文请求和N1N2传输消息中均不包含第一指示信息。In another implementation manner of Embodiment 1, the AMF may notify the access network device that the first PDU session is a PDU session that provides a relay service. In this case, in step 1002, after the AMF obtains the first indication information in the PDU session establishment request, in step 1005, it is directly carried in the N2 PDU session request and sent to the access network device. At this time, it can be understood that neither the SM context request nor the N1N2 transmission message contains the first indication information.
实施例2Example 2
在实施例2中,以SMF通知接入网设备第一PDU会话为提供中继服务的PDU会话为例,对方案1作示例性说明。与实施例1区别在于,实施例1中,SMF是在第一PDU会话建立过程中获知第一PDU会话为提供中继服务的PDU会话,实施例2中,SMF是在PDU会话建立之后获知第一PDU会话为提供中继服务的PDU会话。In Embodiment 2, taking the SMF informing the access network device that the first PDU session is a PDU session providing a relay service as an example, the solution 1 is exemplified. The difference from Embodiment 1 is that, in Embodiment 1, SMF learns that the first PDU session is a PDU session that provides relay services during the establishment of the first PDU session. In Embodiment 2, SMF learns that the first PDU session is established after the PDU session is established. A PDU session is a PDU session that provides relay services.
如图11所示,实施例2提供的方法包括:As shown in Figure 11, the method provided in Embodiment 2 includes:
1101、与步骤1001相同。1101 is the same as step 1001.
1102、中继终端建立第一PDU会话。1102. The relay terminal establishes a first PDU session.
其中,第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务。中继终端可以通过与SMF、AMF、PCF等网元交互建立第一PDU会话。Among them, the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service. The relay terminal can establish the first PDU session by interacting with network elements such as SMF, AMF, and PCF.
步骤1102在具体实现时可以通过以上步骤1002至步骤1005实现。Step 1102 can be implemented through the above steps 1002 to 1005 in specific implementation.
1103、中继终端向AMF发送远程终端报告。相应的,AMF从中继终端接收远程终端报告。1103. The relay terminal sends a remote terminal report to the AMF. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the remote terminal report from the relay terminal.
其中,远程终端报告中可以包括第一远程终端的标识(Remote User ID)、第一远程终端的IP地址、第一PDU会话的标识等信息。远程终端报告中还可以包括中继终端的标识。The remote terminal report may include information such as the identification of the first remote terminal (Remote User ID), the IP address of the first remote terminal, and the identification of the first PDU session. The remote terminal report may also include the identification of the relay terminal.
1104、AMF向SMF发送远程终端报告。相应的,SMF从AMF接收远程终端报告。1104. The AMF sends a remote terminal report to the SMF. Correspondingly, the SMF receives the remote terminal report from the AMF.
1105、SMF根据远程终端报告确定第一指示信息。1105. The SMF determines the first indication information according to the remote terminal report.
步骤1105在具体实现时,一种实现方式中,SMF可以根据远程终端报告中的第一远程终端的标识和第一PDU会话的标识确定第一指示信息。另一种实现方式中,SMF可以根据远程终端报告(可以理解为远程终端报告的消息类型)和其中的第一PDU会话的标识确定第一指示信息。When step 1105 is specifically implemented, in one implementation manner, the SMF may determine the first indication information according to the identification of the first remote terminal and the identification of the first PDU session in the remote terminal report. In another implementation manner, the SMF may determine the first indication information according to the remote terminal report (which can be understood as the message type reported by the remote terminal) and the identifier of the first PDU session therein.
1106-1108、与上述步骤1004至步骤1006分别相同。1106-1108, which are the same as the above steps 1004 to 1006 respectively.
其中,在步骤1106之前,SMF获取每个会话的AMBR的过程与实施例1类似,具体可参见实施例1进行理解,不再赘述。Wherein, before step 1106, the process of SMF obtaining the AMBR of each session is similar to that of Embodiment 1. For details, please refer to Embodiment 1 for understanding, and will not be repeated here.
实施例2的另一种实现方式,AMF可以通知接入网设备第一PDU会话为提供中继服务的PDU会话。该情况下,步骤1103之后,AMF可以根据远程终端报告确定第一指示信息(确定方法与SMF类似),步骤1105不执行,在步骤1107中,AMF直接将确定的第一指示信息携带在N2 PDU会话请求中发送给接入网设备。此时,可以理解的是,SM上下文请求和N1N2传输消息中均不包含第一指示信息。In another implementation manner of Embodiment 2, the AMF may notify the access network device that the first PDU session is a PDU session that provides a relay service. In this case, after step 1103, AMF can determine the first indication information according to the remote terminal report (the determination method is similar to SMF), and step 1105 is not performed. In step 1107, AMF directly carries the determined first indication information in the N2 PDU The session request is sent to the access network device. At this time, it can be understood that neither the SM context request nor the N1N2 transmission message contains the first indication information.
实施例3Example 3
在实施例3中,以中继终端通知接入网设备第一PDU会话为提供中继服务的PDU会话为例,对方案1作示例性说明。In Embodiment 3, taking the relay terminal notifying the access network device that the first PDU session is a PDU session providing a relay service as an example, the solution 1 is exemplified.
如图12所示,实施例3提供的方法包括:As shown in Figure 12, the method provided in Embodiment 3 includes:
1201、与步骤1001相同。1201 is the same as step 1001.
1202、与步骤1102相同。1202 is the same as step 1102.
1203、接入网设备向中继终端发送RRC重配置(RRC Reconfiguration)消息。相应的,中继终端从接入网设备接收RRC重配置消息。1203. The access network device sends an RRC reconfiguration (RRC Reconfiguration) message to the relay terminal. Correspondingly, the relay terminal receives the RRC reconfiguration message from the access network device.
其中,RRC重配置消息用于进行RRC重配置。Among them, the RRC reconfiguration message is used to perform RRC reconfiguration.
1204、中继终端向接入网设备发送RRC重配置完成消息,RRC重配置完成消息中可以携带第一指示信息。相应的,接入网设备从中继终端接收RRC重配置完成消息。1204. The relay terminal sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the access network device, where the RRC reconfiguration complete message may carry the first indication information. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message from the relay terminal.
1205、与步骤1006相同。1205. Same as step 1006.
其中,在步骤1106之前,接入网设备获取每个会话的AMBR的过程与实施例1类似,具体可参见实施例1进行理解,不再赘述。Wherein, before step 1106, the process for the access network device to obtain the AMBR of each session is similar to that of Embodiment 1. For details, please refer to Embodiment 1 for understanding, and will not be repeated.
实施例4Example 4
实施例4中,以UDM存储每种会话属性的PDU会话对应的AMBR、且每种会话属性的PDU会话对应一个AMBR为例,对上述方案1+方案2进行示例性说明。In Embodiment 4, the UDM stores the AMBR corresponding to the PDU session of each session attribute, and the PDU session of each session attribute corresponds to one AMBR as an example, and the above-mentioned scheme 1 + scheme 2 is exemplified.
如图13所示,实施例4提供的方法包括:As shown in Figure 13, the method provided in Embodiment 4 includes:
1301、中继终端向AMF发送注册(registration)请求。相应的,AMF从中继终端接收注册请求。1301. The relay terminal sends a registration (registration) request to the AMF. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the registration request from the relay terminal.
其中,注册请求中可以包括第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示中继终端具备提供中继服务的能力(relay capability)。Wherein, the registration request may include third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the relay terminal is capable of providing relay services (relay capability).
1302、AMF向UDM发送用户签约数据获取消息。相应的,UDM从AMF接收用户签约数据获取消息。1302. The AMF sends a user subscription data acquisition message to the UDM. Correspondingly, the UDM receives the user subscription data acquisition message from the AMF.
其中,用户签约数据获取消息中携带第三指示信息。Wherein, the user subscription data acquisition message carries third indication information.
1303、UDM向AMF发送用户签约数据获取响应消息。相应的,AMF从UDM接收用户签约数据获取响应消息。1303. The UDM sends a user subscription data acquisition response message to the AMF. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the user subscription data acquisition response message from the UDM.
其中,用户签约数据获取响应消息中可以包括中继终端的第二AMBR和中继终端的第四AMBR。第二AMBR为中继终端签约的AMBR。第四AMBR为签约的中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的上限。The user subscription data acquisition response message may include the second AMBR of the relay terminal and the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal. The second AMBR is the AMBR subscribed by the relay terminal. The fourth AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the subscribed relay terminal.
步骤1303的一种可替换的实现方式为:AMF与PCF之间在进行AM策略关联的过程中,PCF向AMF发送中继终端的第二AMBR和中继终端的第四AMBR。An alternative implementation of step 1303 is: in the process of AM policy association between the AMF and the PCF, the PCF sends the second AMBR of the relay terminal and the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal to the AMF.
1304、AMF向接入网设备发送NGAP消息。1304. The AMF sends an NGAP message to the access network device.
其中,NGAP消息中可以包括中继终端的第二AMBR和中继终端的第四AMBR。Wherein, the NGAP message may include the second AMBR of the relay terminal and the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal.
1305、SMF确定第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务。1305. The SMF determines that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
SMF确定第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务的方法可参见实施例1或实施例2。Refer to Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2 for the method for SMF to determine that the first PDU session is used to provide the relay service.
1306、SMF向AMF发送N1N2传输消息,N1N2传输消息中携带第一指示信息和第一PDU会话的AMBR。相应的,AMF从SMF接收N1N2传输消息。1306. The SMF sends an N1N2 transmission message to the AMF. The N1N2 transmission message carries the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the N1N2 transmission message from the SMF.
其中,第一指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务。第一PDU会话的AMBR为第一PDU会话对应的AMBR。Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service. The AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session.
其中,SMF获取每个会话的AMBR的过程与实施例1类似,具体可参见实施例1进行理解,不再赘述。Among them, the process of SMF obtaining the AMBR of each session is similar to that of Embodiment 1. For details, please refer to Embodiment 1 for understanding, and will not be repeated.
1307、AMF向接入网设备发送N2 PDU会话请求,N2 PDU会话请求中携带第一指示信息和第一PDU会话的AMBR。相应的,接入网设备从AMF接收N2 PDU会话请求。1307. The AMF sends an N2 PDU session request to the access network device, where the N2 PDU session request carries the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the N2 PDU session request from the AMF.
其中,第一指示信息和第一PDU会话的AMBR可以携带在N2 PDU会话请求中的N2 SM info容器内。The first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session may be carried in the N2 SM info container in the N2 PDU session request.
AMF和接入网设备之间可以通过N2接口通信。The AMF and the access network equipment can communicate through the N2 interface.
由于在建立每个PDU会话时,接入网设备都会接收到PDU会话对应的AMBR,接入网 设备接收到中继终端的所有PDU会话的AMBR之后,确定哪些PDU会话属于第一组PDU会话,哪些PDU会话属于第二组PDU会话,从而确定第一组PDU会话的AMBR和第二组PDU会话的AMBR。As each PDU session is established, the access network device will receive the AMBR corresponding to the PDU session. After the access network device receives the AMBR of all PDU sessions of the relay terminal, it determines which PDU sessions belong to the first group of PDU sessions. Which PDU sessions belong to the second group of PDU sessions, thereby determining the AMBR of the first group of PDU sessions and the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions.
1308、接入网设备采用第三AMBR对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制,还采用第六AMBR对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。1308. The access network device uses the third AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal, and also uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
其中,第三AMBR为第一AMBR和第二AMBR中的较小值,第六AMBR为第四AMBR和第五AMBR中的较小值。Wherein, the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR, and the sixth AMBR is the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR.
关于步骤1308的相关描述可参见上述步骤702和步骤803。For related description of step 1308, refer to step 702 and step 803 above.
实施例5Example 5
实施例5中,以UDM存储每种会话属性的PDU会话对应的AMBR、且每种会话属性的PDU会话对应2个AMBR为例,对上述方案1+方案2进行示例性说明。In Embodiment 5, the UDM stores the AMBR corresponding to the PDU session of each session attribute, and the PDU session of each session attribute corresponds to two AMBRs as an example, and the above-mentioned scheme 1 + scheme 2 is exemplified.
如图14所示,实施例5提供的方法包括:As shown in Figure 14, the method provided in Embodiment 5 includes:
1401-1405、与步骤1301至步骤1305分别相同。1401-1405, which are the same as steps 1301 to 1305, respectively.
1406、SMF向UDM发送用户签约数据获取消息。相应的,UDM从SMF接收用户签约数据获取消息。1406. The SMF sends a user subscription data acquisition message to the UDM. Correspondingly, the UDM receives the user subscription data acquisition message from the SMF.
其中,用户签约数据获取消息中可以携带第四指示信息和第五指示信息。第四指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话的会话属性。第五指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务。Wherein, the user subscription data acquisition message may carry fourth instruction information and fifth instruction information. The fourth indication information is used to indicate the session attributes of the first PDU session. The fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
1407、UDM向SMF发送用户签约数据获取响应消息。相应的,SMF从UDM接收用户签约数据获取响应消息。1407. The UDM sends a user subscription data acquisition response message to the SMF. Correspondingly, the SMF receives the user subscription data acquisition response message from the UDM.
用户签约数据获取响应消息中可以携带第一PDU会话的AMBR,第一PDU会话的AMBR为第一PDU会话在提供中继服务时对应的AMBR。The user subscription data acquisition response message may carry the AMBR of the first PDU session, and the AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session when the relay service is provided.
1408、SMF向AMF发送N1N2传输消息,N1N2传输消息中携带第一指示信息和第一PDU会话的AMBR。相应的,AMF从SMF接收N1N2传输消息。1408. The SMF sends an N1N2 transmission message to the AMF. The N1N2 transmission message carries the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the N1N2 transmission message from the SMF.
1409、AMF向接入网设备发送N2 PDU会话请求,N2 PDU会话请求中携带第一指示信息和第一PDU会话的AMBR。相应的,接入网设备从AMF接收N2 PDU会话请求。1409. The AMF sends an N2 PDU session request to the access network device, where the N2 PDU session request carries the first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the N2 PDU session request from the AMF.
其中,第一指示信息和第一PDU会话的AMBR可以携带在N2 PDU会话请求中的N2 SM info容器内。The first indication information and the AMBR of the first PDU session may be carried in the N2 SM info container in the N2 PDU session request.
1410、接入网设备采用第三AMBR对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制,还采用第六AMBR对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。1410. The access network device uses the third AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal, and also uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
其中,第三AMBR为第一AMBR和第二AMBR中的较小值,第六AMBR为第四AMBR和第五AMBR中的较小值。Wherein, the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR, and the sixth AMBR is the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR.
关于步骤1410的相关描述可参见上述步骤702和步骤803。For related description of step 1410, refer to step 702 and step 803 above.
实施例6Example 6
实施例6中,对上述方案3进行示例性说明。In Example 6, the above-mentioned scheme 3 is exemplified.
如图15所示,实施例6提供的方法包括:As shown in Figure 15, the method provided in Embodiment 6 includes:
1501、AMF从中继终端接收注册更新请求。1501. The AMF receives a registration update request from a relay terminal.
其中,中继终端可以在第一远程终端请求建立PDU会话的情况下,向AMF发送注册更新请求。Wherein, the relay terminal may send a registration update request to the AMF when the first remote terminal requests to establish a PDU session.
注册更新请求中可以包括第一远程终端的标识。The registration update request may include the identification of the first remote terminal.
1502、AMF根据第一远程终端的标识获取第一远程终端签约的AMBR(即第七AMBR)的信息。1502. The AMF obtains the information of the AMBR (that is, the seventh AMBR) subscribed by the first remote terminal according to the identifier of the first remote terminal.
步骤1502在具体实现时,AMF向UDM发送用户签约数据获取消息,用户签约数据获取消息中可以包括第一远程终端的标识。UDM从AMF接收用户签约数据获取消息后,确定第七AMBR,并将第七AMBR携带在用户签约数据获取响应消息中发送给AMF。When step 1502 is specifically implemented, the AMF sends a user subscription data acquisition message to the UDM, and the user subscription data acquisition message may include the identifier of the first remote terminal. After the UDM receives the user subscription data acquisition message from the AMF, it determines the seventh AMBR, and carries the seventh AMBR in the user subscription data acquisition response message and sends it to the AMF.
其中,第一远程终端签约的AMBR可以位于UDM存储的第一远程终端的签约信息中。The AMBR subscribed by the first remote terminal may be located in the subscription information of the first remote terminal stored in the UDM.
1503、AMF向接入网设备发送NGAP消息。1503. The AMF sends an NGAP message to the access network device.
其中,NGAP消息中可以包括第七AMBR和第一远程终端的标识。Wherein, the NGAP message may include the identification of the seventh AMBR and the first remote terminal.
1504、SMF确定第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务。1504. The SMF determines that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
SMF确定第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务的方法可参见实施例1或实施例2。第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务。Refer to Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 2 for the method for SMF to determine that the first PDU session is used to provide the relay service. The first PDU session is used for the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal.
1505、SMF向AMF发送N1N2传输消息,N1N2传输消息中携带第一指示信息、第一PDU会话的AMBR和第一远程终端的标识。相应的,AMF从SMF接收N1N2传输消息。1505. The SMF sends an N1N2 transmission message to the AMF. The N1N2 transmission message carries the first indication information, the AMBR of the first PDU session, and the identifier of the first remote terminal. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the N1N2 transmission message from the SMF.
其中,第一指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务。Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service.
其中,SMF获取每个会话的AMBR的过程与实施例1类似,具体可参见实施例1进行理解,不再赘述。Among them, the process of SMF obtaining the AMBR of each session is similar to that of Embodiment 1. For details, please refer to Embodiment 1 for understanding, and will not be repeated.
1506、AMF向接入网设备发送N2 PDU会话请求,N2 PDU会话请求中携带第一指示信息、第一PDU会话的AMBR和第一远程终端的标识。相应的,接入网设备从AMF接收N2 PDU会话请求。1506. The AMF sends an N2 PDU session request to the access network device. The N2 PDU session request carries the first indication information, the AMBR of the first PDU session, and the identifier of the first remote terminal. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the N2 PDU session request from the AMF.
其中,第一指示信息、第一PDU会话的AMBR和第一远程终端的标识可以携带在N2 PDU会话请求中的N2 SM info容器内。The first indication information, the AMBR of the first PDU session, and the identifier of the first remote terminal may be carried in the N2 SM info container in the N2 PDU session request.
AMF和接入网设备之间可以通过N2接口通信。The AMF and the access network equipment can communicate through the N2 interface.
其中,在建立每个PDU会话时,SMF都可以通知接入网设备相应的PDU会话为用于为哪个远程终端服务的PDU会话,接入网设备根据这些信息确定中继终端的、用于承载第一远程终端的数据的PDU会话,进而确定中继终端的、用于承载第一远程终端的数据的PDU会话的AMBR。Among them, when each PDU session is established, the SMF can notify the access network device that the corresponding PDU session is the PDU session used to serve the remote terminal, and the access network device determines the relay terminal based on this information, which is used for the bearer The PDU session of the data of the first remote terminal is further determined to determine the AMBR of the PDU session of the relay terminal used to carry the data of the first remote terminal.
1507、接入网设备采用第九AMBR对中继终端服务的第一远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。1507. The access network device uses the ninth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
其中,第九AMBR为第七AMBR和第八AMBR中的较小值。Among them, the ninth AMBR is the smaller value of the seventh AMBR and the eighth AMBR.
关于步骤1507的相关描述可参见上述步骤903。For related descriptions of step 1507, refer to step 903 above.
第二部分:4G系统Part 2: 4G system
图16示例性的示出了4G系统的一种网络架构示意图。在该示意图中,4G系统可以包括:终端、演进型通用陆地无线接入网(evolved universal terrestrial radio access network,E-UTRAN)、业务网关(serving gateway,SGW)、分组数据网关(packet data network gateway,PGW)、移动性管理网元(mobility management entity,MME)、归属用户服务器(home subscriber server,HSS)、移动交换中心(mobile switching center,MSC)和策略和计费规则功能(policy and charging rules function,PCRF)网元。其中,终端与E-UTRAN连接,E-UTRAN与MME和SGW连接,SGW与MME、E-UTRAN 和PGW连接,PGW与SGW和PCRF实体连接,MME和E-UTRAN、SGW、HSS和MSC连接,PGW和PCRF实体可以连接运营商的IP业务。FIG. 16 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a 4G system. In this schematic diagram, the 4G system may include: terminals, evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN), service gateway (serving gateway, SGW), packet data gateway (packet data network gateway) , PGW), mobility management network element (mobility management entity, MME), home subscriber server (home subscriber server, HSS), mobile switching center (mobile switching center, MSC), and policy and charging rules (policy and charging rules) function, PCRF) network element. Among them, the terminal is connected to E-UTRAN, E-UTRAN is connected to MME and SGW, SGW is connected to MME, E-UTRAN and PGW, PGW is physically connected to SGW and PCRF, and MME is connected to E-UTRAN, SGW, HSS and MSC. The PGW and PCRF entities can be connected to the operator’s IP services.
其中,E-UTRAN可以由多个接入网设备组成,4G系统中的接入网设备可以称为演进型基站(evolutional node B,eNB或eNodeB)。MME类似于5G系统中的AMF。HSS类似于5G系统中的UDM/UDR。PGW类似于5G系统中的SMF。PCRF类似于5G系统中的PCF。Among them, E-UTRAN may be composed of multiple access network equipment, and the access network equipment in the 4G system may be called an evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or eNodeB). MME is similar to AMF in 5G system. HSS is similar to UDM/UDR in 5G system. PGW is similar to SMF in 5G system. PCRF is similar to PCF in 5G system.
在4G系统中,接入网设备负责对终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。MME负责确定终端的AMBR,并指示给接入网设备。具体的,MME可以将终端的AMBR设定为:所有Non-GBR承载对应的AMBR总和,以及终端签约的AMBR中的较小值。由此可知,4G系统中存在与5G系统中类似的问题,若终端为中继终端,没有区分中继终端的第一组承载(用于承载中继终端的数据的Non-GBR承载)和第二组承载(用于承载中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的Non-GBR承载),在确定中继终端所有Non-GBR承载对应的AMBR的总和时将两组承载都考虑了进去,既无法准确的对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制,也无法准确的对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。In the 4G system, the access network equipment is responsible for controlling the data transmission rate of the terminal. The MME is responsible for determining the AMBR of the terminal and instructing it to the access network equipment. Specifically, the MME may set the AMBR of the terminal to: the sum of the AMBRs corresponding to all Non-GBR bearers, and the smaller value of the AMBR subscribed by the terminal. It can be seen that there are similar problems in the 4G system as in the 5G system. If the terminal is a relay terminal, there is no distinction between the first group of bearers (Non-GBR bearers used to carry the data of the relay terminal) and the first group of the relay terminal. Two sets of bearers (Non-GBR bearers used to carry data of remote terminals served by the relay terminal). Both sets of bearers are taken into account when determining the sum of AMBR corresponding to all Non-GBR bearers of the relay terminal. To accurately control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal, it is also impossible to accurately control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
与5G系统类似的,第二部分提供的通信方法,接入网设备可以仅仅对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制(记为方案一),也可以仅仅对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制(记为方案二),还可以对每个远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制(记为方案三)。与5G系统不同的地方在于,第二部分中,中继终端的AMBR是由MME确定。方案一至方案三中的任意两个方案都可以结合,方案一、方案二和方案三也可以结合,只需将对应的方案进行合并即可。Similar to the 5G system, the communication method provided in the second part, the access network equipment can only control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal (denoted as Plan 1), or it can only control the remote terminal serviced by the relay terminal. The data transmission rate is controlled (denoted as scheme two), and the data transmission rate of each remote terminal can also be controlled (denoted as scheme three). The difference from the 5G system is that in the second part, the AMBR of the relay terminal is determined by the MME. Any two of the schemes from scheme one to scheme three can be combined, and scheme one, scheme two and scheme three can also be combined by combining the corresponding schemes.
以下对方案一至方案三分别说明。The following is a description of options one to three separately.
方案一、接入网设备对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。Solution 1: The access network equipment controls the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
参见图17,方案一的实现过程包括:Referring to Figure 17, the implementation process of scheme one includes:
1701、MME确定中继终端的第一AMBR。1701. The MME determines the first AMBR of the relay terminal.
其中,关于中继终端、远程终端、中继终端的数据包等的相关描述可参见上述方案1,只需将5G系统中的相应描述替换为4G系统中的相应描述进行理解即可,不再赘述。Among them, the relevant description about the relay terminal, the remote terminal, the data packet of the relay terminal, etc. can be found in the above scheme 1. It is only necessary to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding. Go into details.
其中,第一AMBR为中继终端的第一组承载对应的AMBR之和。第一组承载用于承载中继终端的数据。Wherein, the first AMBR is the sum of AMBRs corresponding to the first group of bearers of the relay terminal. The first group of bearers is used to bear the data of the relay terminal.
第一组承载中可以包括一个或多个承载。若第一组承载中包括一个承载,MME可以将该承载对应的AMBR确定为第一AMBR。若第一组承载中包括多个承载,MME可以对这多个承载对应的AMBR相加得到第一AMBR。The first group of bearers may include one or more bearers. If one bearer is included in the first group of bearers, the MME may determine the AMBR corresponding to the bearer as the first AMBR. If the first group of bearers includes multiple bearers, the MME may add the AMBRs corresponding to the multiple bearers to obtain the first AMBR.
步骤1701在具体实现时,MME可以将除第二组承载之外的其他承载确定为第一组承载。第二组承载用于承载中继终端服务的远程终端的数据。与“中继终端服务的远程终端的数据”的相关描述可参见上述方案1,只需将5G系统中的相应描述替换为4G系统中的相应描述进行理解即可,不再赘述。When step 1701 is specifically implemented, the MME may determine other bearers except the second group of bearers as the first group of bearers. The second group carries the data of the remote terminal used to carry the relay terminal service. For the description of the "relay terminal service remote terminal data", please refer to the above solution 1. It is only necessary to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding, and will not be repeated.
1702、MME向接入网设备发送第三AMBR。相应的,接入网设备从MME接收第三AMBR。1702. The MME sends a third AMBR to the access network device. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the third AMBR from the MME.
其中,第三AMBR为第一AMBR和第二AMBR中的较小值。第三AMBR可以是MME确定的。第二AMBR为中继终端签约的AMBR(Subscribed UE-AMBR),也就是签约的中继终端的Non-GBR承载的数据的传输速率之和的上限。Wherein, the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR. The third AMBR may be determined by the MME. The second AMBR is the AMBR (Subscribed UE-AMBR) subscribed by the relay terminal, that is, the upper limit of the sum of the transmission rates of the data carried by the Non-GBR of the subscribed relay terminal.
可选的,在步骤1702之前,该方法还包括:HSS向MME发送第二AMBR。相应的,MME从HSS接收第二AMBR。其中,MME可以在中继终端附着流程中获取第二AMBR。4G系统中的中继终端附着流程类似于5G系统中的中继终端注册流程。Optionally, before step 1702, the method further includes: the HSS sends the second AMBR to the MME. Correspondingly, the MME receives the second AMBR from the HSS. Wherein, the MME may obtain the second AMBR in the relay terminal attachment procedure. The relay terminal attachment process in the 4G system is similar to the relay terminal registration process in the 5G system.
其中,接入网设备为中继终端接入的接入网设备。可选的,MME还向接入网设备发送第六指示信息,第六指示信息用于指示第三AMBR为对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制的AMBR。Wherein, the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by the relay terminal. Optionally, the MME further sends sixth indication information to the access network device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the third AMBR is an AMBR that controls the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
1703、接入网设备采用第三AMBR对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。1703. The access network device uses the third AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
步骤1703在具体实现时,接入网设备采用第三AMBR对中继终端的所有Non-GBR承载的数据的传输速率之和进行控制。When step 1703 is specifically implemented, the access network device uses the third AMBR to control the sum of the transmission rates of all the data carried by the Non-GBR of the relay terminal.
步骤1703的具体实现可参见上述步骤702,不再赘述。For the specific implementation of step 1703, refer to the above step 702, which will not be repeated here.
方案一提供的方法,MME将第一AMBR和第二AMBR中的较小值,确定为用于控制中继终端的数据的传输速率的AMBR。与现有技术相比,第一AMBR仅仅考虑了第一组承载对应的AMBR,未考虑第二组承载对应的AMBR,从而更加准确的对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。In the method provided by the first solution, the MME determines the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal. Compared with the prior art, the first AMBR only considers the AMBR corresponding to the first group of bearers, and does not consider the AMBR corresponding to the second group of bearers, thereby more accurately controlling the data transmission rate of the relay terminal.
其中,哪些承载属于第二组承载可以是中继终端指示给MME的。以第二组承载中的第一承载为例。与上述方案1类似的,MME确定第一承载用于提供中继服务也可以有三种方式。Among them, which bearers belong to the second group of bearers may be indicated to the MME by the relay terminal. Take the first bearer in the second group of bearers as an example. Similar to solution 1 above, the MME may also have three ways to determine that the first bearer is used to provide the relay service.
方式一中,中继终端向MME发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一承载用于提供中继服务,MME根据第一指示信息确定第一承载用于提供中继服务。In the first manner, the relay terminal sends first indication information to the MME, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first bearer is used to provide the relay service, and the MME determines that the first bearer is used to provide the relay service according to the first indication information.
方式二中,中继终端向MME发送第一远程终端的标识和第一承载的标识,MME根据第一远程终端的标识和第一承载的标识确定第一承载用于提供中继服务。In the second manner, the relay terminal sends the identity of the first remote terminal and the identity of the first bearer to the MME, and the MME determines that the first bearer is used to provide the relay service according to the identity of the first remote terminal and the identity of the first bearer.
方式三中,中继终端向MME发送携带第一承载的标识的远程终端报告,MME根据远程终端报告确定第一承载用于提供中继服务。In the third manner, the relay terminal sends a remote terminal report carrying the identifier of the first bearer to the MME, and the MME determines that the first bearer is used to provide the relay service according to the remote terminal report.
方式一至方式三的具体实现可参见方案1,只需将5G系统中的相应描述替换为4G系统中的相应描述进行理解即可,不再赘述。For the specific implementation of the first to third modes, please refer to the solution 1. It is only necessary to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding, and will not be repeated.
可选的,MME还向接入网设备发送第一指示信息,以便接入网设备知道第一承载用于承载中继终端服务的远程终端的数据,从而对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。需要说明的是,若PGW可以获取到第一指示信息,则还可以是PGW向接入网设备发送第一指示信息。Optionally, the MME also sends first indication information to the access network device, so that the access network device knows that the first bearer is used to carry the data of the remote terminal serving the relay terminal, so as to determine the data transmission rate of the relay terminal. control. It should be noted that if the PGW can obtain the first indication information, the PGW may also send the first indication information to the access network device.
可以理解的是,若第二组承载中还包括其他的承载,MME也可以采用类似的方法确定承载用于提供中继服务。可以理解的是,MME在确定第一AMBR时,需要将第二组承载中的所有承载排除在外。It is understandable that if other bearers are included in the second group of bearers, the MME may also use a similar method to determine that the bearers are used to provide relay services. It is understandable that when determining the first AMBR, the MME needs to exclude all the bearers in the second group of bearers.
方案二:接入网设备对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。Scheme 2: The access network equipment controls the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
参见图18,方案二的实现过程包括:Referring to Figure 18, the implementation process of scheme two includes:
1801、MME从HSS接收中继终端的第四AMBR。1801. The MME receives the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the HSS.
其中,关于中继终端、远程终端、第四AMBR、中继终端的数据包等的相关描述可参见上述方案2,只需将5G系统中的相应描述替换为4G系统中的相应描述进行理解即可,不再赘述。Among them, the relevant descriptions about the relay terminal, the remote terminal, the fourth AMBR, the data packet of the relay terminal, etc. can be found in the above scheme 2. It is only necessary to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding. Yes, I won’t repeat it.
其中,MME可以在中继终端的附着流程中,从HSS获取中继终端的签约数据,中继终端的签约数据中可以包括第四AMBR。Wherein, the MME may obtain the subscription data of the relay terminal from the HSS in the attachment process of the relay terminal, and the subscription data of the relay terminal may include the fourth AMBR.
其中,MME可以向HSS发送指示中继终端具备提供中继服务的能力,HSS根据该指示向MME发送第四AMBR。一个终端是否具备提供中继服务的能力可以是该终端注册时向MME指示的。Wherein, the MME may send an indication to the HSS that the relay terminal is capable of providing relay services, and the HSS sends the fourth AMBR to the MME according to the indication. Whether a terminal is capable of providing relay services can be indicated to the MME when the terminal is registered.
1802、MME向接入网设备发送第六AMBR。相应的,接入网设备从MME接收第六AMBR。1802. The MME sends the sixth AMBR to the access network device. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the sixth AMBR from the MME.
其中,第六AMBR为第四AMBR和第五AMBR中的较小值。该最小值可以为MME确定的。关于第四AMBR、第五AMBR、第六AMBR等的相关描述可参见上述方案2,只需将5G系统中的相应描述替换为4G系统中的相应描述进行理解即可,不再赘述。Among them, the sixth AMBR is the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR. The minimum value can be determined by the MME. For related descriptions of the fourth AMBR, the fifth AMBR, the sixth AMBR, etc., please refer to the above solution 2. It is only necessary to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding, and will not be repeated.
其中,接入网设备为中继终端接入的接入网设备。可选的,MME还向接入网设备发送第七指示信息,第七指示信息用于指示第六AMBR为对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制的AMBR。Wherein, the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by the relay terminal. Optionally, the MME further sends seventh indication information to the access network device, where the seventh indication information is used to indicate that the sixth AMBR is an AMBR that controls the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
1803、接入网设备采用第六AMBR对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。1803. The access network equipment uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
步骤1803在具体实现时,可以参见上述步骤803,只需将5G系统中的相应描述替换为4G系统中的相应描述进行理解即可,不再赘述。When step 1803 is specifically implemented, refer to the above step 803, and only need to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding, and will not be repeated.
方案二提供的方法,MME将第四AMBR和第五AMBR中的较小值,确定为用于控制中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的AMBR。第五AMBR仅仅考虑了第二组承载对应的AMBR,未考虑第一组承载对应的AMBR,从而更加准确的对中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。In the method provided by the second solution, the MME determines the smaller value of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal. The fifth AMBR only considers the AMBR corresponding to the second group of bearers, and does not consider the AMBR corresponding to the first group of bearers, so as to more accurately control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
可选的,MME确定第五AMBR的过程包括:Optionally, the process for the MME to determine the fifth AMBR includes:
11)HSS向MME发送第一承载对应的AMBR。相应的,MME从HSS接收第一承载对应的AMBR。11) The HSS sends the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer to the MME. Correspondingly, the MME receives the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer from the HSS.
12)MME基于第一承载对应的AMBR确定第五AMBR。12) The MME determines the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer.
其中,MME可以在第一承载建立过程中,从HSS获取第一承载对应的AMBR。Wherein, the MME may obtain the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer from the HSS during the establishment of the first bearer.
在本申请实施例中,HSS存储每种属性的承载对应的AMBR,每种属性的承载对应的AMBR有两种情况:In the embodiment of this application, the HSS stores the AMBR corresponding to the bearer of each attribute, and the AMBR corresponding to the bearer of each attribute has two cases:
情况1、每种属性的承载对应一个AMBR。 Case 1. The bearer of each attribute corresponds to an AMBR.
情况2、每种属性的承载对应2个AMBR,一个AMBR为该种属性的承载用于承载中继终端的数据时对应的AMBR,另一个AMBR为该种属性的承载用于承载中继终端服务的远程终端的数据(即用于提供中继服务)时对应的AMBR。Case 2. The bearer of each attribute corresponds to two AMBRs, one AMBR is the corresponding AMBR when the bearer of this attribute is used to carry the data of the relay terminal, and the other AMBR is the bearer of this attribute is used to carry the service of the relay terminal. The AMBR corresponding to the data of the remote terminal (that is, used to provide relay services).
在情况1下,第一承载对应的AMBR为第一承载对应的AMBR。该情况下,可选的,在步骤11)之前,该方法还包括:MME向HSS发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示第一承载的属性。相应的,HSS从MME接收第四指示信息,根据第四指示信息向MME发送第一承载对应的AMBR。In case 1, the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer is the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer. In this case, optionally, before step 11), the method further includes: the MME sends fourth indication information to the HSS, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the attribute of the first bearer. Correspondingly, the HSS receives the fourth indication information from the MME, and sends the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer to the MME according to the fourth indication information.
在情况2下,第一承载对应的AMBR为第一承载在提供中继服务时对应的AMBR。该情况下,可选的,在步骤11)之前,该方法还包括:MME向HSS发送上述第四指示信息和第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示第一承载用于提供中继服务。相应的,HSS从MME接收第四指示信息和第五指示信息,根据第四指示信息和第五指示信息向 MME发送第一承载对应的AMBR。In case 2, the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer is the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer when the first bearer provides the relay service. In this case, optionally, before step 11), the method further includes: the MME sends the foregoing fourth indication information and fifth indication information to the HSS, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first bearer is used to provide the relay service . Correspondingly, the HSS receives the fourth indication information and the fifth indication information from the MME, and sends the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer to the MME according to the fourth indication information and the fifth indication information.
可以理解的是,若第二组承载中还包括其他的承载,MME也可以采用类似的方法获取承载对应的AMBR。例如,若第二组承载中还包括第二承载,则MME还可以采用与第一承载类似的方法确定第二承载对应的AMBR。该情况下,步骤13)可以包括:MME基于第一承载对应的AMBR和第二承载对应的AMBR确定第五AMBR。It is understandable that if other bearers are included in the second group of bearers, the MME may also use a similar method to obtain the AMBR corresponding to the bearer. For example, if the second group of bearers further includes a second bearer, the MME may also use a method similar to the first bearer to determine the AMBR corresponding to the second bearer. In this case, step 13) may include: the MME determines the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR corresponding to the first bearer and the AMBR corresponding to the second bearer.
可以理解的是,第二组承载中除了包含第一承载和第二承载之外,还可以包含其他承载。MME在确定第五AMBR时,需要将第二组承载中的所有承载计算在外。It is understandable that in addition to the first bearer and the second bearer, the second group of bearers may also include other bearers. When determining the fifth AMBR, the MME needs to calculate all the bearers in the second group of bearers.
方案三:接入网设备对每个远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。Scheme 3: The access network equipment controls the data transmission rate of each remote terminal.
在上述方案一和方案二中,多个承载可以承载中继终端服务的一个远程终端的数据,一个承载也可以承载中继终端服务的多个远程终端的数据。而在方案三下,多个承载可以用于承载中继终端服务的一个远程终端的数据,但是一个承载仅可以承载中继终端服务的一个远程终端的数据。参见图19,方案三的实现过程包括:In the above scheme 1 and scheme 2, multiple bearers can carry data of one remote terminal served by the relay terminal, and one bearer can also carry data of multiple remote terminals served by the relay terminal. In the third scenario, multiple bearers can be used to bear the data of one remote terminal served by the relay terminal, but one bearer can only bear the data of one remote terminal served by the relay terminal. Referring to Figure 19, the implementation process of Scheme 3 includes:
1901、MME从HSS接收中继终端服务的第一远程终端的第七AMBR。1901. The MME receives the seventh AMBR of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal from the HSS.
其中,关于中继终端、远程终端、第七AMBR、远程终端的数据等的相关描述可参见上述方案3,只需将5G系统中的相应描述替换为4G系统中的相应描述进行理解即可,不再赘述。Among them, the relevant description about the relay terminal, the remote terminal, the seventh AMBR, the data of the remote terminal, etc. can be found in the above solution 3. It is only necessary to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding. No longer.
其中,MME可以在接收到中继终端发送的附着请求或者远程终端报告后,向HSS获取第七AMBR。The MME may obtain the seventh AMBR from the HSS after receiving the attachment request or the remote terminal report sent by the relay terminal.
1902、MME向接入网设备发送第九AMBR。相应的,接入网设备从MME接收第九AMBR。1902. The MME sends the ninth AMBR to the access network device. Correspondingly, the access network device receives the ninth AMBR from the MME.
其中,第九AMBR为第七AMBR和第八AMBR中的较小值。该较小值可以由MME确定。关于第八AMBR、第九AMBR等的相关描述可参见上述方案3,只需将5G系统中的相应描述替换为4G系统中的相应描述进行理解即可,不再赘述。Among them, the ninth AMBR is the smaller value of the seventh AMBR and the eighth AMBR. The smaller value can be determined by the MME. For related descriptions of the eighth AMBR, the ninth AMBR, etc., please refer to the above solution 3. It is only necessary to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding, and will not be repeated.
其中,接入网设备为中继终端接入的接入网设备。可选的,MME还向接入网设备发送第八指示信息,第八指示信息用于指示第九AMBR为对中继终端服务的第一远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制的AMBR。第八指示信息可以包括第一远程终端的标识。Wherein, the access network equipment is the access network equipment accessed by the relay terminal. Optionally, the MME further sends eighth indication information to the access network device, where the eighth indication information is used to indicate that the ninth AMBR is an AMBR that controls the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal. The eighth indication information may include the identification of the first remote terminal.
1903、接入网设备采用第九AMBR对中继终端服务的第一远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。1903. The access network device uses the ninth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
步骤1903的具体实现可参见上述步骤903,只需将5G系统中的相应描述替换为4G系统中的相应描述进行理解即可,不再赘述。For the specific implementation of step 1903, refer to the above step 903, and it is only necessary to replace the corresponding description in the 5G system with the corresponding description in the 4G system for understanding, and will not be repeated.
方案三提供的方法,MME将第七AMBR和第八AMBR中的较小值,确定为用于控制中继终端服务的第一远程终端的数据的传输速率的AMBR。第八AMBR仅仅考虑了用于承载第一远程终端的数据的承载,从而更加准确的对中继终端服务的第一远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。In the method provided by the third solution, the MME determines the smaller value of the seventh AMBR and the eighth AMBR as the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal. The eighth AMBR only considers the bearer used to carry the data of the first remote terminal, so as to more accurately control the data transmission rate of the first remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
以上是对方案一至方案三的概述,以下通过实施例7对上述方案一作示例性说明,其他方案的示例性说明,可参见5G系统中的相应的方案进行理解,只需将5G系统中的相应描述替换为4G系统中的相应描述进行理解即可,不再赘述。The above is an overview of solutions one to three. The following example illustrates the above solution one through Example 7. For exemplary descriptions of other solutions, please refer to the corresponding solutions in the 5G system for understanding. The description can be understood by replacing the description with the corresponding description in the 4G system, and will not be repeated.
实施例7Example 7
参见图20,包括:See Figure 20, including:
2001、MME从HSS获取中继终端的第二AMBR。In 2001, the MME obtains the second AMBR of the relay terminal from the HSS.
其中,MME可以在终端附着流程中获取中继终端的第二AMBR。Wherein, the MME may obtain the second AMBR of the relay terminal in the terminal attachment procedure.
2002、中继终端向MME发送承载资源修改请求(request bearer resource modification),承载资源修改请求中携带第一指示信息。相应的,MME从中继终端接收承载资源修改请求,MME根据承载资源修改请求中的第一指示信息确定第一承载提供中继服务。In 2002, the relay terminal sends a bearer resource modification request (request bearer resource modification) to the MME, and the bearer resource modification request carries the first indication information. Correspondingly, the MME receives the bearer resource modification request from the relay terminal, and the MME determines that the first bearer provides the relay service according to the first indication information in the bearer resource modification request.
步骤2002的一种可替换的实现方式,中继终端向MME发送远程终端报告,远程终端报告中携带第一承载的标识。相应的,MME从中继终端接收远程终端报告,根据远程终端报告确定第一承载提供中继服务。In an alternative implementation of step 2002, the relay terminal sends a remote terminal report to the MME, and the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first bearer. Correspondingly, the MME receives the remote terminal report from the relay terminal, and determines that the first bearer provides the relay service according to the remote terminal report.
2003、MME确定第一AMBR。In 2003, the MME determined the first AMBR.
其中,MME可以根据第一指示信息确定第一承载属于第二组承载。采用类似的方法,可以确定出第二组承载中的承载,进而确定第一组承载。MME可以在第一组承载中的承载建立过程中,从HSS获取每个承载对应的AMBR,进而确定第一AMBR。The MME may determine that the first bearer belongs to the second group of bearers according to the first indication information. Using a similar method, the bearers in the second group of bearers can be determined, and then the first group of bearers can be determined. The MME may obtain the AMBR corresponding to each bearer from the HSS during the bearer establishment process in the first group of bearers, and then determine the first AMBR.
2004、MME向接入网设备发送N2请求(N2request),N2请求中可以携带第三AMBR。相应的,接入网设备从MME接收N2请求。In 2004, the MME sends an N2 request (N2request) to the access network device, and the N2 request can carry the third AMBR. Correspondingly, the access network equipment receives the N2 request from the MME.
其中,第三AMBR为第一AMBR和第二AMBR中的较小值。第三AMBR可以是MME确定的。Wherein, the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR. The third AMBR may be determined by the MME.
其中,N2请求中还可以携带第一指示信息。Wherein, the N2 request may also carry first indication information.
2005、接入网设备根据第三AMBR对中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制。In 2005, the access network equipment controls the data transmission rate of the relay terminal according to the third AMBR.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对4G系统中的方案描述较少,但是可以理解的是,4G系统中的方案与5G系统中的方案的本质区别在于:5G系统中接入网设备确定用于控制数据的传输速率的AMBR,4G系统中MME确定用于控制数据的传输速率的AMBR。除了该区别之外,5G系统中示出的方案均可以应用在4G系统中,只需替换为4G系统中的相应网元和相应流程进行理解即可。It should be noted that in the embodiments of this application, there are few descriptions of the solutions in the 4G system, but it is understandable that the essential difference between the solutions in the 4G system and the solutions in the 5G system is that the access network equipment in the 5G system is determined The AMBR used to control the transmission rate of data. In the 4G system, the MME determines the AMBR used to control the transmission rate of data. In addition to this difference, the solutions shown in the 5G system can all be applied to the 4G system, and only need to be replaced with the corresponding network elements and corresponding processes in the 4G system for understanding.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中在确定用于控制数据的传输速率的AMBR时均以取两个值中的较小值为例进行示例性说明的,在实际实现时,也可以采用其他的确定方法,例如,将两个值取平均或加权平均等,本申请不作限制。It should be noted that when determining the AMBR used to control the data transmission rate in the embodiments of the present application, the smaller of the two values is taken as an example for exemplification. In actual implementation, other values may also be used. The method for determining the value, for example, taking the average or weighted average of the two values, etc., is not limited in this application.
本申请实施例描述的系统架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定。本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The system architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application. A person of ordinary skill in the art knows that with the evolution of network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
需要指出的是,本申请各实施例中涉及的名词或术语可以相互参考,不予限制。本申请各个网元之间交互的现有的消息的作用可参见现有技术,本申请不作详细阐述。It should be pointed out that the terms or terms involved in the various embodiments of the present application can refer to each other, and are not limited. The role of the existing messages exchanged between various network elements in this application can be referred to in the prior art, and this application will not elaborate on it.
上述主要从方法的角度对本申请实施例的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如,接入网设备、中继终端、SMF、AMF、UDM、MME、HSS等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和软件模块中的至少一个。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions of the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of methods. It can be understood that each network element, for example, access network equipment, relay terminal, SMF, AMF, UDM, MME, HSS, etc., in order to achieve the above functions, it includes the corresponding hardware structure and software modules that perform each function. at least one. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对接入网设备、中继终端、SMF、AMF、UDM、MME、HSS等进行功能单元的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present application can divide the access network equipment, relay terminal, SMF, AMF, UDM, MME, HSS, etc. into functional units according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional unit can be divided corresponding to each function, or two One or more functions are integrated in one processing unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit. It should be noted that the division of units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
示例性的,图21示出了上述实施例中所涉及的通信装置(记为通信装置210)的一种可能的结构示意图,该通信装置210包括处理单元2101和通信单元2102。可选的,还包括存储单元2103。通信装置210可以用于示意上述实施例中的接入网设备、中继终端、SMF、AMF、UDM、MME、HSS等的结构。Exemplarily, FIG. 21 shows a schematic diagram of a possible structure of the communication device (denoted as the communication device 210) involved in the foregoing embodiment. The communication device 210 includes a processing unit 2101 and a communication unit 2102. Optionally, a storage unit 2103 is further included. The communication device 210 may be used to illustrate the structure of the access network equipment, relay terminal, SMF, AMF, UDM, MME, HSS, etc. in the foregoing embodiment.
当图21所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的接入网设备的结构时,处理单元2101用于对接入网设备的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理单元2101用于执行图7中的701和702,图8中的802和803,图9中的902和903,图10中的1005和1006,图11中的1107和1108,图12中的1203-1205,图13中的1304、1307和1308,图14中的1404、1409和1410,图15中的1503、1506和1507,图17中的1702和1703,图18中的1802和1803,图19中的1902和1903,图20中的2004和2005,和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的接入网设备执行的动作。处理单元2101可以通过通信单元2102与其他网络实体通信,例如,与图14中的AMF通信。存储单元2103用于存储接入网设备的程序代码和数据。When the schematic structural diagram shown in FIG. 21 is used to illustrate the structure of the access network device involved in the above embodiment, the processing unit 2101 is used to control and manage the actions of the access network device, for example, the processing unit 2101 is used to execute 701 and 702 in Figure 7, 802 and 803 in Figure 8, 902 and 903 in Figure 9, 1005 and 1006 in Figure 10, 1107 and 1108 in Figure 11, 1203-1205 in Figure 12, and Figure 13 1304, 1307, and 1308 in Figure 14, 1404, 1409, and 1410 in Figure 14, 1503, 1506, and 1507 in Figure 15, 1702 and 1703 in Figure 17, 1802 and 1803 in Figure 18, 1902 and 1902 in Figure 19 1903, 2004 and 2005 in FIG. 20, and/or actions performed by the access network device in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. The processing unit 2101 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 2102, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 14. The storage unit 2103 is used to store the program code and data of the access network device.
当图21所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的中继终端的结构时,处理单元2101用于对中继终端的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理单元2101用于执行图10中的1002,图11中的1102和1103,图12中的1202-1204,图13中的1301,图14中的1401,图15中的1501,图20中的2002,和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的中继终端执行的动作。处理单元2101可以通过通信单元2102与其他网络实体通信,例如,与图14中的AMF通信。存储单元2103用于存储中继终端的程序代码和数据。When the schematic structural diagram shown in FIG. 21 is used to illustrate the structure of the relay terminal involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processing unit 2101 is used to control and manage the actions of the relay terminal. For example, the processing unit 2101 is used to execute FIG. 10 1002 in Figure 11, 1102 and 1103 in Figure 11, 1202-1204 in Figure 12, 1301 in Figure 13, 1401 in Figure 14, 1501 in Figure 15, 2002 in Figure 20, and/or implementation of this application The actions performed by the relay terminal in other processes described in the example. The processing unit 2101 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 2102, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 14. The storage unit 2103 is used to store the program code and data of the relay terminal.
当图21所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的SMF的结构时,处理单元2101用于对SMF的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理单元2101用于执行图10中的1003和1004,图11中的1104-1106,图13中的1305和1306,图14中的1405-1408,图15中的1504和1505,和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的SMF执行的动作。处理单元2101可以通过通信单元2102与其他网络实体通信,例如,与图15中的AMF通信。存储单元2103用于存储SMF的程序代码和数据。When the schematic structural diagram shown in FIG. 21 is used to illustrate the structure of the SMF involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processing unit 2101 is used to control and manage the actions of the SMF. For example, the processing unit 2101 is used to execute 1003 and 1003 in FIG. 1004, 1104-1106 in Figure 11, 1305 and 1306 in Figure 13, 1405-1408 in Figure 14, 1504 and 1505 in Figure 15, and/or SMF in other processes described in the embodiments of this application Action performed. The processing unit 2101 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 2102, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 15. The storage unit 2103 is used to store the program code and data of the SMF.
当图21所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的AMF的结构时,处理单元2101用于对AMF的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理单元2101用于执行图8中的801和802,图9中的901和902,图10中的1001-1005,图11中的1101,图12中的1201,图11中的1103、1104、1106和1107,图13中的1301-1304、1306和1307,图14中的1401-1404、1408和1409,图15中的1501-1503、1505和1506,和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的AMF执行的动作。处理单元2101可以通过通信单元2102与其他网络实体通信,例如,与图15中的中继终端通信。存储单元2103用于存储AMF 的程序代码和数据。When the schematic structural diagram shown in FIG. 21 is used to illustrate the structure of the AMF involved in the above embodiment, the processing unit 2101 is used to control and manage the actions of the AMF. For example, the processing unit 2101 is used to execute 801 and 802, 901 and 902 in Figure 9, 1001-1005 in Figure 10, 1101 in Figure 11, 1201 in Figure 12, 1103, 1104, 1106 and 1107 in Figure 11, 1301-1304 in Figure 13, 1306 and 1307, 1401-1404, 1408, and 1409 in FIG. 14, 1501-1503, 1505, and 1506 in FIG. 15, and/or actions performed by AMF in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. The processing unit 2101 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 2102, for example, communicate with the relay terminal in FIG. 15. The storage unit 2103 is used to store AMF program codes and data.
当图21所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的UDM的结构时,处理单元2101用于对UDM的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理单元2101用于执行图8中的801,图9中的901,图13中的1302和1303,图14中的1402、1403、1406和1407,和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的UDM执行的动作。处理单元2101可以通过通信单元2102与其他网络实体通信,例如,与图14中的AMF通信。存储单元2103用于存储UDM的程序代码和数据。When the schematic structural diagram shown in FIG. 21 is used to illustrate the structure of the UDM involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processing unit 2101 is used to control and manage the actions of the UDM. For example, the processing unit 2101 is used to execute 801 in FIG. 901 in FIG. 9, 1302 and 1303 in FIG. 13, 1402, 1403, 1406, and 1407 in FIG. 14, and/or actions performed by the UDM in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. The processing unit 2101 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 2102, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 14. The storage unit 2103 is used to store UDM program codes and data.
当图21所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的MME的结构时,处理单元2101用于对MME的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理单元2101用于执行图17中的1701和1702,图18中的1801和1802,图19中的1901和1902,图20中的2001-2004,和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的MME执行的动作。处理单元2101可以通过通信单元2102与其他网络实体通信,例如,与图20中的接入网设备通信。存储单元2103用于存储MME的程序代码和数据。When the schematic structural diagram shown in FIG. 21 is used to illustrate the structure of the MME involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processing unit 2101 is used to control and manage the actions of the MME. For example, the processing unit 2101 is used to execute 1701 and 1701 in FIG. 1702, 1801 and 1802 in FIG. 18, 1901 and 1902 in FIG. 19, 2001-2004 in FIG. 20, and/or actions performed by the MME in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. The processing unit 2101 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 2102, for example, communicate with the access network device in FIG. 20. The storage unit 2103 is used to store the program code and data of the MME.
当图21所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的HSS的结构时,处理单元2101用于对HSS的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理单元2101用于执行图18中的1801,图19中的1901,图20中的2001,和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的HSS执行的动作。处理单元2101可以通过通信单元2102与其他网络实体通信,例如,与图20中的MME通信。存储单元2103用于存储HSS的程序代码和数据。When the structural diagram shown in FIG. 21 is used to illustrate the structure of the HSS involved in the above embodiment, the processing unit 2101 is used to control and manage the actions of the HSS. For example, the processing unit 2101 is used to execute 1801 in FIG. 18, Actions performed by the HSS in 1901 in FIG. 19, 2001 in FIG. 20, and/or other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. The processing unit 2101 may communicate with other network entities through the communication unit 2102, for example, communicate with the MME in FIG. 20. The storage unit 2103 is used to store the program code and data of the HSS.
示例性的,通信装置210可以为一个设备也可以为芯片或芯片系统。Exemplarily, the communication device 210 may be a device, a chip or a chip system.
当通信装置210为一个设备时,处理单元2101可以是处理器;通信单元2102可以是通信接口、收发器,输入接口和/或输出接口。可选地,收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,输入接口可以为输入电路,输出接口可以为输出电路。When the communication device 210 is a device, the processing unit 2101 may be a processor; the communication unit 2102 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, an input interface and/or an output interface. Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input interface may be an input circuit, and the output interface may be an output circuit.
当通信装置210为芯片或芯片系统时,处理单元2101可以是处理器、处理电路或逻辑电路等。通信单元2102可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的通信接口、输入接口和/或输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。When the communication device 210 is a chip or a chip system, the processing unit 2101 may be a processor, a processing circuit, a logic circuit, or the like. The communication unit 2102 may be a communication interface, an input interface and/or an output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip or a chip system.
图21中的集成的单元如果以软件功能模块的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。存储计算机软件产品的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit in FIG. 21 is implemented in the form of a software function module and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of software products, and the computer software products are stored in a storage The medium includes several instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. Storage media for storing computer software products include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks, etc., which can store program codes Medium.
当处理单元2101为处理器,通信单元2102为通信接口,存储单元2103为存储器时,本申请实施例所涉及的通信装置可以为图22所示的通信装置220。When the processing unit 2101 is a processor, the communication unit 2102 is a communication interface, and the storage unit 2103 is a memory, the communication device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be the communication device 220 shown in FIG. 22.
图22所示为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的硬件结构示意图,该通信装置可以为本文中的接入网设备、中继终端、SMF、AMF、UDM、MME、HSS等。该通信装置220包括至少一个处理器2201,通信总线2202以及至少一个通信接口2204。可选的,还包 括存储器2203。图22中以通信装置220包括一个处理器2201和一个通信接口2204为例进行绘制。FIG. 22 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application. The communication device may be an access network device, a relay terminal, SMF, AMF, UDM, MME, HSS, etc. herein. The communication device 220 includes at least one processor 2201, a communication bus 2202, and at least one communication interface 2204. Optionally, a memory 2203 is also included. In FIG. 22, the communication device 220 includes a processor 2201 and a communication interface 2204 as an example for drawing.
处理器2201、通信接口2204和存储器2203之间可以通过通信总线2202连接实现互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器2203用于存储计算机程序,该处理器2201用于从该存储器2203中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制该通信接口2204收发信号。The processor 2201, the communication interface 2204, and the memory 2203 can communicate with each other through the communication bus 2202 to transfer control and/or data signals. The memory 2203 is used to store computer programs, and the processor 2201 is used to download from the memory 2203. Call and run the computer program to control the communication interface 2204 to send and receive signals.
在第一种可能的实现方式中,处理器2201可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。通信接口2204,可以为任何收发器一类的装置。In the first possible implementation, the processor 2201 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more An integrated circuit used to control the execution of the program of this application. The communication interface 2204 may be any device such as a transceiver.
在第二种可能的实现方式中,处理器2201可以为逻辑电路,通信接口2204可以包括输入接口和/或输出接口。In the second possible implementation manner, the processor 2201 may be a logic circuit, and the communication interface 2204 may include an input interface and/or an output interface.
通信接口2204,使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信。The communication interface 2204 uses any device such as a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks.
存储器2203可以是ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,RAM或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信总线2202与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 2203 may be ROM or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, RAM or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or may be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory). read-only memory, EEPROM), compact disc (read-only memory, CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital universal discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disks A storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory may exist independently, and is connected to the processor through the communication bus 2202. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
其中,存储器2203用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器2201来控制执行。处理器2201用于执行存储器2203中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请下述实施例提供的方法。The memory 2203 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 2201 controls the execution. The processor 2201 is configured to execute computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 2203, so as to implement the methods provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
当图22所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的接入网设备的结构时,处理器2201用于对接入网设备的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理器2201用于执行图7中的701和702,图8中的802和803,图9中的902和903,图10中的1005和1006,图11中的1107和1108,图12中的1203-1205,图13中的1304、1307和1308,图14中的1404、1409和1410,图15中的1503、1506和1507,图17中的1702和1703,图18中的1802和1803,图19中的1902和1903,图20中的2004和2005,和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的接入网设备执行的动作。处理器2201可以通过通信接口2204与其他网络实体通信,例如,与图14中的AMF通信。存储器2203用于存储接入网设备的程序代码和数据。When the schematic structural diagram shown in FIG. 22 is used to illustrate the structure of the access network device involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processor 2201 is used to control and manage the actions of the access network device, for example, the processor 2201 is used to execute 701 and 702 in Figure 7, 802 and 803 in Figure 8, 902 and 903 in Figure 9, 1005 and 1006 in Figure 10, 1107 and 1108 in Figure 11, 1203-1205 in Figure 12, and Figure 13 1304, 1307, and 1308 in Figure 14, 1404, 1409, and 1410 in Figure 14, 1503, 1506, and 1507 in Figure 15, 1702 and 1703 in Figure 17, 1802 and 1803 in Figure 18, 1902 and 1902 in Figure 19 1903, 2004 and 2005 in FIG. 20, and/or actions performed by the access network device in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. The processor 2201 may communicate with other network entities through the communication interface 2204, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 14. The memory 2203 is used to store program codes and data of the access network device.
当图22所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的中继终端的结构时,处理器2201用于对中继终端的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理器2201用于执行图10中的1002,图11中的1102和1103,图12中的1202-1204,图13中的1301,图14中的1401,图15中的1501,图20中的2002,和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过 程中的中继终端执行的动作。处理器2201可以通过通信接口2204与其他网络实体通信,例如,与图14中的AMF通信。存储器2203用于存储中继终端的程序代码和数据。When the schematic structural diagram shown in FIG. 22 is used to illustrate the structure of the relay terminal involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processor 2201 is used to control and manage the actions of the relay terminal. For example, the processor 2201 is used to execute FIG. 10 1002 in Figure 11, 1102 and 1103 in Figure 11, 1202-1204 in Figure 12, 1301 in Figure 13, 1401 in Figure 14, 1501 in Figure 15, 2002 in Figure 20, and/or implementation of this application The actions performed by the relay terminal in other processes described in the example. The processor 2201 may communicate with other network entities through the communication interface 2204, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 14. The memory 2203 is used to store the program code and data of the relay terminal.
当图22所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的SMF的结构时,处理器2201用于对SMF的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理器2201用于执行图10中的1003和1004,图11中的1104-1106,图13中的1305和1306,图14中的1405-1408,图15中的1504和1505,和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的SMF执行的动作。处理器2201可以通过通信接口2204与其他网络实体通信,例如,与图15中的AMF通信。存储器2203用于存储SMF的程序代码和数据。When the schematic structural diagram shown in FIG. 22 is used to illustrate the structure of the SMF involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processor 2201 is used to control and manage the actions of the SMF. For example, the processor 2201 is used to execute 1003 and 1003 in FIG. 1004, 1104-1106 in Figure 11, 1305 and 1306 in Figure 13, 1405-1408 in Figure 14, 1504 and 1505 in Figure 15, and/or SMF in other processes described in the embodiments of this application Action performed. The processor 2201 may communicate with other network entities through the communication interface 2204, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 15. The memory 2203 is used to store SMF program codes and data.
当图22所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的AMF的结构时,处理器2201用于对AMF的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理器2201用于执行图8中的801和802,图9中的901和902,图10中的1001-1005,图11中的1101,图12中的1201,图11中的1103、1104、1106和1107,图13中的1301-1304、1306和1307,图14中的1401-1404、1408和1409,图15中的1501-1503、1505和1506,和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的AMF执行的动作。处理器2201可以通过通信接口2204与其他网络实体通信,例如,与图15中的中继终端通信。存储器2203用于存储AMF的程序代码和数据。When the schematic structural diagram shown in FIG. 22 is used to illustrate the structure of the AMF involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processor 2201 is used to control and manage the actions of the AMF. For example, the processor 2201 is used to execute 801 and 802, 901 and 902 in Figure 9, 1001-1005 in Figure 10, 1101 in Figure 11, 1201 in Figure 12, 1103, 1104, 1106 and 1107 in Figure 11, 1301-1304 in Figure 13, 1306 and 1307, 1401-1404, 1408, and 1409 in FIG. 14, 1501-1503, 1505, and 1506 in FIG. 15, and/or actions performed by AMF in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. The processor 2201 may communicate with other network entities through the communication interface 2204, for example, communicate with the relay terminal in FIG. 15. The memory 2203 is used to store AMF program codes and data.
当图22所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的UDM的结构时,处理器2201用于对UDM的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理器2201用于执行图8中的801,图9中的901,图13中的1302和1303,图14中的1402、1403、1406和1407,和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的UDM执行的动作。处理器2201可以通过通信接口2204与其他网络实体通信,例如,与图14中的AMF通信。存储器2203用于存储UDM的程序代码和数据。When the schematic structural diagram shown in FIG. 22 is used to illustrate the structure of the UDM involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processor 2201 is used to control and manage the actions of the UDM. For example, the processor 2201 is used to execute 801 in FIG. 901 in FIG. 9, 1302 and 1303 in FIG. 13, 1402, 1403, 1406, and 1407 in FIG. 14, and/or actions performed by the UDM in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. The processor 2201 may communicate with other network entities through the communication interface 2204, for example, communicate with the AMF in FIG. 14. The memory 2203 is used to store UDM program codes and data.
当图22所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的MME的结构时,处理器2201用于对MME的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理器2201用于执行图17中的1701和1702,图18中的1801和1802,图19中的1901和1902,图20中的2001-2004,和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的MME执行的动作。处理器2201可以通过通信接口2204与其他网络实体通信,例如,与图20中的接入网设备通信。存储器2203用于存储MME的程序代码和数据。When the schematic structural diagram shown in FIG. 22 is used to illustrate the structure of the MME involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processor 2201 is used to control and manage the actions of the MME. For example, the processor 2201 is used to execute 1701 and 1701 in FIG. 1702, 1801 and 1802 in FIG. 18, 1901 and 1902 in FIG. 19, 2001-2004 in FIG. 20, and/or actions performed by the MME in other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. The processor 2201 may communicate with other network entities through the communication interface 2204, for example, communicate with the access network device in FIG. 20. The memory 2203 is used to store the program code and data of the MME.
当图22所示的结构示意图用于示意上述实施例中所涉及的HSS的结构时,处理器2201用于对HSS的动作进行控制管理,例如,处理器2201用于执行图18中的1801,图19中的1901,图20中的2001,和/或本申请实施例中所描述的其他过程中的HSS执行的动作。处理器2201可以通过通信接口2204与其他网络实体通信,例如,与图20中的MME通信。存储器2203用于存储HSS的程序代码和数据。When the schematic structural diagram shown in FIG. 22 is used to illustrate the structure of the HSS involved in the foregoing embodiment, the processor 2201 is used to control and manage the actions of the HSS. For example, the processor 2201 is used to execute 1801 in FIG. 18, Actions performed by the HSS in 1901 in FIG. 19, 2001 in FIG. 20, and/or other processes described in the embodiments of the present application. The processor 2201 may communicate with other network entities through the communication interface 2204, for example, communicate with the MME in FIG. 20. The memory 2203 is used to store the program code and data of the HSS.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any of the above-mentioned methods.
本申请实施例还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方法。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any of the above-mentioned methods.
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统中包括上述实施例中的接入网设备、中继终端、SMF、AMF和UDM;或者,该通信系统中包括上述实施例中的接入网 设备、中继终端、MME和HSS。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the access network equipment, relay terminal, SMF, AMF, and UDM in the above embodiment; or, the communication system includes the access in the above embodiment. Network access equipment, relay terminal, MME and HSS.
在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。In the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means or, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in this document is only an association relationship describing associated objects, It means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。In the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more than two.
另外,为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请的实施例中,采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。In addition, in order to facilitate a clear description of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" are used to distinguish the same or similar items with substantially the same function and effect. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the quantity and order of execution, and words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the difference.
另外,在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“至少一种”是指任意一种或者任意多种的组合,“至少一个”是指任意一个或者任意多个的组合。例如,A、B和C中的至少一种,可以包括以下情况:①A;②B;③C;④A和B;⑤A和C;⑥B和C;⑦A、B和C。In addition, in the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "at least one" refers to any one or a combination of any multiple, and "at least one" refers to any one or a combination of any multiple. For example, at least one of A, B and C may include the following situations: ①A; ②B; ③C; ④A and B; ⑤A and C; ⑥B and C; ⑦A, B and C.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机执行指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer execution instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server, or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or includes one or more data storage devices such as servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the medium. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述,然而,在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中,本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书,可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中,“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施,但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although this application has been described in conjunction with various embodiments, in the process of implementing the claimed application, those skilled in the art can understand and understand by viewing the drawings, the disclosure, and the appended claims in the process of implementing the claimed application. Implement other changes of the disclosed embodiment. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "a" or "one" does not exclude a plurality. A single processor or other unit may implement several functions listed in the claims. Certain measures are described in mutually different dependent claims, but this does not mean that these measures cannot be combined to produce good results.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Although the application has been described in combination with specific features and embodiments, it is obvious that various modifications and combinations can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Accordingly, the specification and drawings are merely exemplary descriptions of the application as defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to cover any and all modifications, changes, combinations or equivalents within the scope of the application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of this application fall within the scope of the claims of this application and their equivalent technologies, then this application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (43)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    接入网设备确定中继终端的第一聚合最大比特速率AMBR,所述接入网设备为所述中继终端接入的接入网设备,所述中继终端用于为远程终端提供中继服务,所述第一AMBR为所述中继终端的第一组协议数据单元PDU会话的AMBR之和,所述第一组PDU会话用于承载所述中继终端的数据;The access network device determines the first aggregate maximum bit rate AMBR of the relay terminal, the access network device is the access network device accessed by the relay terminal, and the relay terminal is used to provide a relay for the remote terminal Service, the first AMBR is the sum of AMBR of a first group of protocol data unit PDU sessions of the relay terminal, and the first group of PDU sessions is used to carry data of the relay terminal;
    所述接入网设备采用第三AMBR对所述中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制;其中,所述第三AMBR为所述第一AMBR和第二AMBR中的较小值,所述第二AMBR为签约的所述中继终端的数据的传输速率的上限。The access network device uses a third AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal; wherein, the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR, and the first AMBR The second AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the subscribed relay terminal.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入网设备从第一设备接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务,所述第一PDU会话用于所述中继终端为第一远程终端提供所述中继服务,所述第一组PDU会话不包括所述第一PDU会话,所述第一远程终端为所述中继终端服务的远程终端中的一个;The access network device receives first indication information from the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that a first PDU session is used to provide a relay service, and the first PDU session is used for the relay terminal to be A first remote terminal provides the relay service, the first group of PDU sessions does not include the first PDU session, and the first remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal;
    所述接入网设备确定中继终端的第一AMBR,包括:所述接入网设备基于所述第一指示信息,确定所述中继终端的第一AMBR。The determining, by the access network device, the first AMBR of the relay terminal includes: the access network device determining the first AMBR of the relay terminal based on the first indication information.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入网设备从所述第一设备接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示第二PDU会话用于提供中继服务,所述第二PDU会话用于所述中继终端为第二远程终端提供所述中继服务,所述第一组PDU会话还不包括所述第二PDU会话,所述第二远程终端为所述中继终端服务的远程终端中的一个;The access network device receives second indication information from the first device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that a second PDU session is used to provide a relay service, and the second PDU session is used for the relay The terminal provides the relay service for a second remote terminal, the first group of PDU sessions does not include the second PDU session, and the second remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal;
    所述接入网设备基于所述第一指示信息,确定所述中继终端的第一AMBR,包括:所述接入网设备基于所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,确定所述第一AMBR。The access network device determining the first AMBR of the relay terminal based on the first indication information includes: the access network device determining the first AMBR of the relay terminal based on the first indication information and the second indication information The first AMBR.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备为会话管理功能SMF或接入和移动管理功能AMF或所述中继终端。The method according to claim 2 or 3, wherein the first device is a session management function SMF or an access and mobility management function AMF or the relay terminal.
  5. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-4, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入网设备从AMF接收所述中继终端的第四AMBR,所述第四AMBR为签约的所述中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的上限;Receiving, by the access network device, the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the AMF, where the fourth AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal under contract;
    所述接入网设备采用第六AMBR对所述中继终端服务的所述远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制;其中,所述第六AMBR为所述第四AMBR和第五AMBR中的较小值,所述第五AMBR为所述中继终端的第二组PDU会话的AMBR之和,所述第二组PDU会话用于承载所述中继终端服务的所述远程终端的数据。The access network device uses the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal; wherein, the sixth AMBR is the higher of the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR. A small value, the fifth AMBR is the sum of the AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions of the relay terminal, and the second group of PDU sessions is used to carry the data of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入网设备从SMF接收所述第一PDU会话的AMBR;Receiving, by the access network device, the AMBR of the first PDU session from the SMF;
    所述接入网设备基于所述第一PDU会话的AMBR确定所述第五AMBR。The access network device determines the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR of the first PDU session.
  7. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    第一设备获取第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一协议数据单元PDU会话用于提供中继服务,所述第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;The first device obtains first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the PDU session of the first protocol data unit is used to provide relay services, and the first PDU session is used to provide the relay terminal for the first remote terminal. Following service
    所述第一设备向接入网设备发送所述第一指示信息,所述接入网设备为所述中继终端接入的接入网设备。The first device sends the first indication information to an access network device, and the access network device is an access network device accessed by the relay terminal.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备为会话管理功能SMF或接入和移动管理功能AMF或所述中继终端。The method according to claim 7, wherein the first device is a session management function SMF or an access and mobility management function AMF or the relay terminal.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一设备为所述SMF或所述AMF的情况下,所述第一设备获取第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein when the first device is the SMF or the AMF, acquiring the first indication information by the first device comprises:
    所述第一设备从所述中继终端接收所述第一指示信息;或者,The first device receives the first indication information from the relay terminal; or,
    所述第一设备从所述中继终端接收所述第一远程终端的标识和所述第一PDU会话的标识,并根据所述第一远程终端的标识和所述第一PDU会话的标识确定所述第一指示信息;或者,The first device receives the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session from the relay terminal, and determines according to the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session The first indication information; or,
    所述第一设备从所述中继终端接收远程终端报告,并根据所述远程终端报告确定所述第一指示信息,所述远程终端报告携带所述第一PDU会话的标识。The first device receives a remote terminal report from the relay terminal, and determines the first indication information according to the remote terminal report, and the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first PDU session.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备从所述中继终端接收所述第一远程终端的标识和所述第一PDU会话的标识,并根据所述第一远程终端的标识和所述第一PDU会话的标识确定所述第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the first device receives the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session from the relay terminal, and receives the identifier of the first remote terminal according to the first remote terminal. The identification of the terminal and the identification of the first PDU session to determine the first indication information includes:
    所述第一设备从所述中继终端接收消息,所述消息中携带所述第一远程终端的标识、所述中继终端的标识和所述第一PDU会话的标识;Receiving, by the first device, a message from the relay terminal, the message carrying the identifier of the first remote terminal, the identifier of the relay terminal, and the identifier of the first PDU session;
    所述第一设备根据所述第一远程终端的标识、所述中继终端的标识和所述第一PDU会话的标识确定所述第一指示信息。The first device determines the first indication information according to the identifier of the first remote terminal, the identifier of the relay terminal, and the identifier of the first PDU session.
  11. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一设备为所述中继终端的情况下,所述第一设备向接入网设备发送所述第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein when the first device is the relay terminal, the sending of the first indication information by the first device to an access network device comprises:
    所述第一设备通过无线资源控制RRC消息向所述接入网设备发送所述第一指示信息。The first device sends the first indication information to the access network device through a radio resource control RRC message.
  12. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    中继终端建立第一协议数据单元PDU会话,所述第一PDU会话用于所述中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;The relay terminal establishes a first protocol data unit PDU session, where the first PDU session is used by the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal;
    所述中继终端通知第一设备所述中继终端通过所述第一PDU会话为所述第一远程终端提供所述中继服务,所述第一设备为会话管理功能SMF或接入和移动管理功能AMF。The relay terminal informs the first device that the relay terminal provides the relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session, and the first device is a session management function SMF or access and mobility Management function AMF.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述中继终端通知第一设备所述中继终端通过所述第一PDU会话为所述第一远程终端提供所述中继服务,包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the relay terminal notifying the first device that the relay terminal provides the relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session comprises:
    所述中继终端向所述第一设备发送消息,所述消息中携带所述第一远程终端的标识、所述中继终端的标识和所述第一PDU会话的标识。The relay terminal sends a message to the first device, and the message carries the identity of the first remote terminal, the identity of the relay terminal, and the identity of the first PDU session.
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述中继终端通知第一设备所述中继终端通过所述第一PDU会话为所述第一远程终端提供所述中继服务,包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the relay terminal notifying the first device that the relay terminal provides the relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session comprises:
    所述中继终端向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话用于为所述第一远程终端提供所述中继服务。The relay terminal sends first indication information to the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide the relay service for the first remote terminal.
  15. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    中继终端建立第一协议数据单元PDU会话,所述第一PDU会话用于所述中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;The relay terminal establishes a first protocol data unit PDU session, where the first PDU session is used by the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal;
    所述中继终端向第一设备发送远程终端报告,所述远程终端报告携带所述第一PDU会话的标识,所述第一设备为会话管理功能SMF或接入和移动管理功能AMF。The relay terminal sends a remote terminal report to a first device, the remote terminal report carries an identifier of the first PDU session, and the first device is a session management function SMF or an access and mobility management function AMF.
  16. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    接入和移动管理功能AMF从策略控制功能PCF接收中继终端的第四聚合最大比特速率AMBR,所述中继终端用于为远程终端提供中继服务,所述第四AMBR为签约的所述中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的上限;The access and mobility management function AMF receives the fourth aggregate maximum bit rate AMBR of the relay terminal from the policy control function PCF. The relay terminal is used to provide a relay service for the remote terminal, and the fourth AMBR is the subscribed The upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal;
    所述AMF向接入网设备发送所述中继终端的第四AMBR,所述接入网设备为所述中继终端接入的接入网设备。The AMF sends the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal to an access network device, and the access network device is an access network device accessed by the relay terminal.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述AMF向所述PCF发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述中继终端具备提供中继服务的能力。The AMF sends third indication information to the PCF, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the relay terminal is capable of providing relay services.
  18. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    会话管理功能SMF从统一数据管理UDM接收第一协议数据单元PDU会话的聚合最大比特速率AMBR,所述第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;The session management function SMF receives the aggregated maximum bit rate AMBR of the first protocol data unit PDU session from the unified data management UDM, where the first PDU session is used for the relay terminal to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal;
    所述SMF向接入网设备发送所述第一PDU会话的AMBR。The SMF sends the AMBR of the first PDU session to the access network device.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一PDU会话的AMBR为所述第一PDU会话在提供中继服务时对应的AMBR,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 18, wherein the AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session when the relay service is provided, and the method further comprises:
    所述SMF向所述UDM发送第四指示信息和第五指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话的会话属性,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务。The SMF sends fourth indication information and fifth indication information to the UDM, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session attribute of the first PDU session, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate the first The PDU session is used to provide relay services.
  20. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    统一数据管理UDM从会话管理功能SMF接收第四指示信息和第五指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示第一协议数据单元PDU会话的会话属性,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务,所述第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;The unified data management UDM receives fourth indication information and fifth indication information from the session management function SMF, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session attributes of the first protocol data unit PDU session, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate all The first PDU session is used to provide a relay service, and the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal by the relay terminal;
    所述UDM根据所述第四指示信息和所述第五指示信息,向所述SMF发送所述第一PDU会话的聚合最大比特速率AMBR,所述第一PDU会话的AMBR为所述第一PDU会话在提供中继服务时对应的AMBR。The UDM sends the maximum aggregate bit rate AMBR of the first PDU session to the SMF according to the fourth indication information and the fifth indication information, where the AMBR of the first PDU session is the first PDU The AMBR corresponding to the session when providing relay services.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理单元;A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processing unit;
    所述处理单元,用于确定中继终端的第一聚合最大比特速率AMBR,所述通信装置为所述中继终端接入的通信装置,所述中继终端用于为远程终端提供中继服务,所述第一AMBR为所述中继终端的第一组协议数据单元PDU会话的AMBR之和,所述第一组PDU会话用于承载所述中继终端的数据;The processing unit is configured to determine the first aggregate maximum bit rate AMBR of the relay terminal, the communication device is a communication device accessed by the relay terminal, and the relay terminal is used to provide a relay service for the remote terminal The first AMBR is the sum of AMBRs of a first group of protocol data unit PDU sessions of the relay terminal, and the first group of PDU sessions is used to carry data of the relay terminal;
    所述处理单元,还用于采用所述第三AMBR对所述中继终端的数据的传输速率进行控制;其中,所述第三AMBR为所述第一AMBR和第二AMBR中的较小值,所述第二AMBR为签约的所述中继终端的数据的传输速率的上限。The processing unit is further configured to use the third AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the relay terminal; wherein, the third AMBR is the smaller value of the first AMBR and the second AMBR The second AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the subscribed relay terminal.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:通信单元;The device according to claim 21, wherein the device further comprises: a communication unit;
    所述通信单元,用于从第一设备接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务,所述第一PDU会话用于所述中继终端为第一远程终 端提供所述中继服务,所述第一组PDU会话不包括所述第一PDU会话,所述第一远程终端为所述中继终端服务的远程终端中的一个;The communication unit is configured to receive first indication information from a first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that a first PDU session is used to provide a relay service, and the first PDU session is used for the relay terminal Providing the relay service for a first remote terminal, the first group of PDU sessions does not include the first PDU session, and the first remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal;
    所述处理单元,具体用于:基于所述第一指示信息,确定所述中继终端的第一AMBR。The processing unit is specifically configured to determine the first AMBR of the relay terminal based on the first indication information.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 22, wherein:
    所述通信单元,还用于从所述第一设备接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示第二PDU会话用于提供中继服务,所述第二PDU会话用于所述中继终端为第二远程终端提供所述中继服务,所述第一组PDU会话还不包括所述第二PDU会话,所述第二远程终端为所述中继终端服务的远程终端中的一个;The communication unit is further configured to receive second indication information from the first device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that a second PDU session is used for providing relay services, and the second PDU session is used for the The relay terminal provides the relay service for the second remote terminal, the first group of PDU sessions does not include the second PDU session, and the second remote terminal is one of the remote terminals served by the relay terminal one;
    所述处理单元,具体用于:基于所述第一指示信息和所述第二指示信息,确定所述第一AMBR。The processing unit is specifically configured to determine the first AMBR based on the first indication information and the second indication information.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一设备为会话管理功能SMF或接入和移动管理功能AMF或所述中继终端。The apparatus according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the first device is a session management function SMF or an access and mobility management function AMF or the relay terminal.
  25. 根据权利要求22-24任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 22-24, wherein:
    所述通信单元,还用于从AMF接收所述中继终端的第四AMBR,所述第四AMBR为签约的所述中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的上限;The communication unit is further configured to receive a fourth AMBR of the relay terminal from the AMF, where the fourth AMBR is the upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal under contract;
    所述处理单元,还用于采用所述第六AMBR对所述中继终端服务的所述远程终端的数据的传输速率进行控制;其中,所述第六AMBR为所述第四AMBR和第五AMBR中的较小值,所述第五AMBR为所述中继终端的第二组PDU会话的AMBR之和,所述第二组PDU会话用于承载所述中继终端服务的所述远程终端的数据。The processing unit is further configured to use the sixth AMBR to control the data transmission rate of the remote terminal served by the relay terminal; wherein, the sixth AMBR is the fourth AMBR and the fifth AMBR. The smaller value in AMBR, the fifth AMBR is the sum of AMBR of the second group of PDU sessions of the relay terminal, and the second group of PDU sessions is used to carry the remote terminal served by the relay terminal The data.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 25, wherein:
    所述通信单元,还用于从SMF接收所述第一PDU会话的AMBR;The communication unit is further configured to receive the AMBR of the first PDU session from the SMF;
    所述处理单元,还用于基于所述第一PDU会话的AMBR确定所述第五AMBR。The processing unit is further configured to determine the fifth AMBR based on the AMBR of the first PDU session.
  27. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理单元和通信单元;A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processing unit and a communication unit;
    所述处理单元,用于获取第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一协议数据单元PDU会话用于提供中继服务,所述第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;The processing unit is configured to obtain first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first protocol data unit PDU session is used to provide relay services, and the first PDU session is used to relay the terminal as the first Remote terminal provides relay service;
    所述通信单元,用于向接入网设备发送所述第一指示信息,所述接入网设备为中继终端接入的接入网设备。The communication unit is configured to send the first indication information to an access network device, where the access network device is an access network device accessed by a relay terminal.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置为会话管理功能SMF或接入和移动管理功能AMF或所述中继终端。The device according to claim 27, wherein the communication device is a session management function SMF or an access and mobility management function AMF or the relay terminal.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述通信装置为所述SMF或所述AMF的情况下,所述处理单元,具体用于:The device according to claim 28, wherein, when the communication device is the SMF or the AMF, the processing unit is specifically configured to:
    通过所述通信单元从所述中继终端接收所述第一指示信息;或者,Receiving the first indication information from the relay terminal through the communication unit; or,
    通过所述通信单元从所述中继终端接收所述第一远程终端的标识和所述第一PDU会话的标识,并根据所述第一远程终端的标识和所述第一PDU会话的标识确定所述第一指示信息;或者,Receive the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session from the relay terminal through the communication unit, and determine according to the identifier of the first remote terminal and the identifier of the first PDU session The first indication information; or,
    通过所述通信单元从所述中继终端接收远程终端报告,并根据所述远程终端报告确定所述第一指示信息,所述远程终端报告携带所述第一PDU会话的标识。A remote terminal report is received from the relay terminal through the communication unit, and the first indication information is determined according to the remote terminal report, and the remote terminal report carries the identifier of the first PDU session.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元,具体用于:The device according to claim 29, wherein the processing unit is specifically configured to:
    通过所述通信单元从所述中继终端接收消息,所述消息中携带所述第一远程终端的标识、所述中继终端的标识和所述第一PDU会话的标识;Receiving a message from the relay terminal through the communication unit, the message carrying the identifier of the first remote terminal, the identifier of the relay terminal, and the identifier of the first PDU session;
    根据所述第一远程终端的标识、所述中继终端的标识和所述第一PDU会话的标识确定所述第一指示信息。The first indication information is determined according to the identifier of the first remote terminal, the identifier of the relay terminal, and the identifier of the first PDU session.
  31. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,在所述通信装置为所述中继终端的情况下,所述通信单元,具体用于:The device according to claim 28, wherein, in a case where the communication device is the relay terminal, the communication unit is specifically configured to:
    通过无线资源控制RRC消息向所述接入网设备发送所述第一指示信息。Sending the first indication information to the access network device through a radio resource control RRC message.
  32. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理单元和通信单元;A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processing unit and a communication unit;
    所述处理单元,用于建立第一协议数据单元PDU会话,所述第一PDU会话用于所述通信装置为第一远程终端提供中继服务;The processing unit is configured to establish a first protocol data unit PDU session, where the first PDU session is used by the communication device to provide a relay service for a first remote terminal;
    所述通信单元,用于通知第一设备所述通信装置通过所述第一PDU会话为所述第一远程终端提供所述中继服务,所述第一设备为会话管理功能SMF或接入和移动管理功能AMF。The communication unit is configured to notify a first device that the communication device provides the relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session, and the first device is a session management function SMF or access and Mobile management function AMF.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述通信单元,具体用于:The device according to claim 32, wherein the communication unit is specifically configured to:
    向所述第一设备发送消息,所述消息中携带所述第一远程终端的标识、所述通信装置的标识和所述第一PDU会话的标识。Send a message to the first device, where the message carries the identifier of the first remote terminal, the identifier of the communication device, and the identifier of the first PDU session.
  34. 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述通信单元,具体用于:The device according to claim 32, wherein the communication unit is specifically configured to:
    向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话用于为所述第一远程终端提供所述中继服务。Sending first indication information to the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide the relay service for the first remote terminal.
  35. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理单元和通信单元;A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processing unit and a communication unit;
    所述处理单元,用于建立第一协议数据单元PDU会话,所述通信装置通过所述第一PDU会话为第一远程终端提供中继服务;The processing unit is configured to establish a first protocol data unit PDU session, and the communication device provides a relay service for the first remote terminal through the first PDU session;
    所述通信单元,用于向第一设备发送远程终端报告,所述远程终端报告携带所述第一PDU会话的标识,所述第一设备为会话管理功能SMF或接入和移动管理功能AMF。The communication unit is configured to send a remote terminal report to a first device, the remote terminal report carrying an identifier of the first PDU session, and the first device is a session management function SMF or an access and mobility management function AMF.
  36. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理单元和通信单元;A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processing unit and a communication unit;
    所述处理单元,用于通过所述通信单元从策略控制功能PCF接收中继终端的第四聚合最大比特速率AMBR,所述中继终端用于为远程终端提供中继服务,所述第四AMBR为签约的所述中继终端服务的远程终端的数据的传输速率的上限;The processing unit is configured to receive the fourth aggregate maximum bit rate AMBR of the relay terminal from the policy control function PCF through the communication unit, and the relay terminal is configured to provide a relay service for the remote terminal, and the fourth AMBR The upper limit of the data transmission rate of the remote terminal serving the subscribed relay terminal;
    所述处理单元,还用于通过所述通信单元向接入网设备发送所述中继终端的第四AMBR,所述接入网设备为所述中继终端接入的接入网设备。The processing unit is further configured to send the fourth AMBR of the relay terminal to the access network device through the communication unit, and the access network device is the access network device accessed by the relay terminal.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 36, wherein:
    所述处理单元,还用于通过所述通信单元向所述PCF发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述中继终端具备提供中继服务的能力。The processing unit is further configured to send third indication information to the PCF through the communication unit, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the relay terminal is capable of providing relay services.
  38. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理单元和通信单元;A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processing unit and a communication unit;
    所述处理单元,用于通过所述通信单元从统一数据管理UDM接收第一协议数据单元PDU会话的聚合最大比特速率AMBR,所述第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;The processing unit is configured to receive the aggregated maximum bit rate AMBR of the first protocol data unit PDU session from the unified data management UDM through the communication unit, and the first PDU session is used by the relay terminal to provide the first remote terminal Following service
    所述处理单元,还用于通过所述通信单元向接入网设备发送所述第一PDU会话的AMBR。The processing unit is further configured to send the AMBR of the first PDU session to the access network device through the communication unit.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一PDU会话的AMBR为所述第一PDU会话在提供中继服务时对应的AMBR,所述处理单元,还用于:The apparatus according to claim 38, wherein the AMBR of the first PDU session is the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session when the relay service is provided, and the processing unit is further configured to:
    通过所述通信单元向所述UDM发送第四指示信息和第五指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话的会话属性,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务。The communication unit sends fourth indication information and fifth indication information to the UDM, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session attributes of the first PDU session, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate the The first PDU session is used to provide relay services.
  40. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理单元和通信单元;A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processing unit and a communication unit;
    所述处理单元,用于通过所述通信单元从会话管理功能SMF接收第四指示信息和第五指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示第一协议数据单元PDU会话的会话属性,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一PDU会话用于提供中继服务,所述第一PDU会话用于中继终端为第一远程终端提供中继服务;The processing unit is configured to receive fourth indication information and fifth indication information from the session management function SMF through the communication unit, the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session attributes of the first protocol data unit PDU session, the The fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service, and the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service for the first remote terminal by the relay terminal;
    所述处理单元,还用于根据所述第四指示信息和所述第五指示信息,通过所述通信单元向所述SMF发送所述第一PDU会话的聚合最大比特速率AMBR,所述第一PDU会话的AMBR具体为所述第一PDU会话在提供中继服务时对应的AMBR。The processing unit is further configured to send the aggregate maximum bit rate AMBR of the first PDU session to the SMF through the communication unit according to the fourth indication information and the fifth indication information, and the first The AMBR of the PDU session is specifically the AMBR corresponding to the first PDU session when the relay service is provided.
  41. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器;A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processor;
    所述处理器与存储器连接,所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令,以使所述通信装置实现如权利要求1-6任一项,或者,权利要求7-11任一项,或者,权利要求12-14任一项,或者,权利要求15,或者,权利要求16-17任一项,或者,权利要求18-19任一项,或者,权利要求20所述的方法。The processor is connected to a memory, and the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device implements any one of claims 1-6 , Or, any of claims 7-11, or, any of claims 12-14, or, claim 15, or, any of claims 16-17, or, any of claims 18-19 , Or, the method of claim 20.
  42. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-6任一项,或者,权利要求7-11任一项,或者,权利要求12-14任一项,或者,权利要求15,或者,权利要求16-17任一项,或者,权利要求18-19任一项,或者,权利要求20所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of claims 1-6, or any one of claims 7-11 , Or, any of claims 12-14, or, claim 15, or, any of claims 16-17, or, any of claims 18-19, or, the method of claim 20.
  43. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-6任一项,或者,权利要求7-11任一项,或者,权利要求12-14任一项,或者,权利要求15,或者,权利要求16-17任一项,或者,权利要求18-19任一项,或者,权利要求20所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that it comprises instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of claims 1-6, or any one of claims 7-11, or , Any one of claims 12-14, or claim 15, or any one of claims 16-17, or any one of claims 18-19, or, the method of claim 20.
PCT/CN2020/084294 2020-04-10 2020-04-10 Communication method and apparatus WO2021203433A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/084294 WO2021203433A1 (en) 2020-04-10 2020-04-10 Communication method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/084294 WO2021203433A1 (en) 2020-04-10 2020-04-10 Communication method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021203433A1 true WO2021203433A1 (en) 2021-10-14

Family

ID=78022749

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/084294 WO2021203433A1 (en) 2020-04-10 2020-04-10 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021203433A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108307472A (en) * 2016-08-12 2018-07-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The communication means and device of equipment direct communication system, communication system
CN109246688A (en) * 2017-07-11 2019-01-18 华为技术有限公司 Equipment cut-in method, equipment and system
CN109548008A (en) * 2017-08-15 2019-03-29 华为技术有限公司 Network side is to the identification of remote user equipment and control method and equipment
US20200068445A1 (en) * 2017-05-05 2020-02-27 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Parameter determining method and communications entity

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108307472A (en) * 2016-08-12 2018-07-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The communication means and device of equipment direct communication system, communication system
US20200068445A1 (en) * 2017-05-05 2020-02-27 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Parameter determining method and communications entity
CN109246688A (en) * 2017-07-11 2019-01-18 华为技术有限公司 Equipment cut-in method, equipment and system
CN109548008A (en) * 2017-08-15 2019-03-29 华为技术有限公司 Network side is to the identification of remote user equipment and control method and equipment

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Clarification on Ethernet PDU session", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-177975-REVISION OF S2-177144_TS23.502_CLARIFICATION ON ETHERNET PDU SESSION, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. ljubljana,slovenia; 20171023 - 20171027, 30 October 2017 (2017-10-30), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051360597 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11950176B2 (en) Parameter of time sensitive network bridge
US11653259B2 (en) Method for controlling service in radio communication system
US20210105196A1 (en) Support group communications with shared downlink data
US11223988B2 (en) Quality of service rule management in 5G
CN109257827B (en) Communication method, device, system, terminal and access network equipment
JP2022524122A (en) Paging wireless devices over wireless networks
WO2019228214A1 (en) Method and apparatus for establishing radio bearer and monitoring service flow
US11026078B2 (en) Priority handling for data flow transport in communication systems
US20160381620A1 (en) Communication system
WO2013089452A1 (en) Method and device for providing a proximity service in a wireless communication system
JP2015524186A (en) Flexible network sharing
US20220322135A1 (en) Method for managing qos, relay terminal, pcf network element, smf network element, and remote terminal
TW201433194A (en) Enhanced higher layer discovery methods for proximity services
US20200008106A1 (en) Enhanced Handling on 5G QoS Operations
WO2011109938A1 (en) Method, device and system for reporting wireless access network element information
WO2012122828A1 (en) Attribute information transfer method, service initiation method, and relevant device and system
US20180109972A1 (en) Method for forming bearer for public safety in wireless communication system and device therefor
WO2022110214A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20230388863A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20220386164A1 (en) Device and method for supporting quality of service in wireless communication system
WO2022012361A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
JP2022544761A (en) Method, system, and computer readable medium for extending new radio (NR) usage indications to application functions (AF)
US20220256395A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
WO2021203433A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021147105A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20930150

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20930150

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1